ANNUAL REPORT

2003DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT– AND 0URBAN PLANNING4 Level 12 Roma Mitchell House 136 North Terrace ADELAIDE SA 5000

DX407

PO Box 8197, Station Arcade ADELAIDE SA 5000

Telephone (08) 8204 8200 Facsimile (08) 8204 8216 www.dtup.sa.gov.au

Department of Transport & Urban Planning

Annual Report - DTUP (Print) ISSN 1448-7357 Annual Report - DTUP (Online) ISSN 1448-742X Annual Report - DTUP (CD-ROM) ISSN 1448-7365

Front Cover Dynamic photograph of traffic entering the Heysen Tunnels DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

The Honourable Trish White MP The Honourable John Hill MP Minister for Transport Minister for the Southern Suburbs Minister for Urban Development and Planning Level 9 Level 12 Chesser House Roma Mitchell House 91-97 Grenfell Street 136 North Terrace ADELAIDE SA 5000 ADELAIDE SA 5000

The Honourable Rory McEwen MP Minister for State/Local Government Relations Level 9 Terrace Towers 178 North Terrace ADELAIDE SA 5000

Dear Ministers,

I have pleasure in presenting the annual report of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning for the year ended 30 June 2004.

The Department continues to change to meet the diverse needs of the Ministerial portfolios and the Government’s strategic directions. The report details the work, achievements and relevant statutory and financial information of the Department and provides an insight into the priorities for 2004-05.

The Department looks forward to a challenging and exciting year in which it will continue to contribute to the growth and prosperity of South Australia.

This report is for submission to Parliament and complies with the requirements of the Public Sector Management Act 1995 and the Public Finance and Audit Act 1987. The report of the Commissioner of Highways under the provisions of the Highways Act 1926 is also incorporated within this report.

Yours sincerely,

T W O’ Loughlin CHIEF EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN PLANNING

III CONTENTS

TRANSPORT PLANNING MESSAGE FROM THE 21 Introduction CHIEF EXECUTIVE 1 Objective Functions PROFILE STRUCTURE 5 Operations Introduction Major Highlights for 2003-04 DTUP Vision Statement Key Results for 2003-04 DTUP Mission Statement The Way Forward for 2004-05

ORGANISATIONAL CHART 6 TRANSPORT SERVICES (TRANSPORT SA) 29 Introduction MINISTERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES, Objective ADMINISTERED ITEMS AND STATUTES 8 Functions Operations LEGISLATION 9 Major Highlights for 2003-04 Minister for Transport, Urban Development Key Results for 2003-04 and Planning The Way Forward for 2004-05 Minister for State and Local Government Relations REPORTS FROM THE REGISTAR OF Minister for Southern Suburbs MOTOR VEHICLES 39 Register PRIORITIES 10 Revenue Accident Towing and Investigations MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS 2003-04 11 Vehicles Securities Register Road Safety Reform Rights of Review and Appeal South Australian Road Safety Strategy E-Commerce 2003-10 Overseas Travel Transport Security Port River Expressway PLANNING SA 43 North-South Corridor Master Plan Introduction Mawson Interchange Functions of the Agency Public Transport Patronage Objectives of the Agency Real Time Passenger Information Operations NOMADS On Track Major Highlights for 2003-04 Improved Facilities at Noarlunga Interchange Key Results for 2003-04 Parklands 2036 The Way Forward for 2004-05 Places for People Program Regional Open Space Enhancement Subsidy OFFICE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT 51 (ROSES) Program Introduction Coast Park Objectives Functions STATE STRATEGIC PLAN 13 Operations Major Highlights for 2003-04 COMMUNITY CONSULTATION 14 Key Results for 2003-04 The Way Forward for 2004-05 SOCIAL INCLUSION 15 OFFICE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT 59 SUSTAINABILITY 16 Introduction COMMISSIONER OF HIGHWAYS 19 Objectives Functions Operations Major Highlights for 2003-04 Key Results for 2003-04 IV The Way Forward for 2004-05 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

OFFICE FOR THE SOUTHERN SUBURBS 63 HUMAN RESOURCES 77 Introduction Overview Functions Employment, and other Human Resource Matters Objectives Private Sector Mobility Program Operations Workforce Diversity Major Highlights for 2003-04 Indigenous (Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander) Key Results for 2003-04 Employees The Way Forward for 2004-05 Cultural and Linguistic Diversity Disability OFFICE OF THE NORTH 67 Training and Development Introduction Performance Management Objectives Equal Opportunity Programs Functions Occupational, Health, Safety and Injury Management (OHS&IM) Operations Disability Action Plans Major Highlights for 2003-04 Monitoring and Reporting Key Results for 2003-04 The Way Forward for 2004-05 The Way Forward for 2004-05

STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS REGIONAL MINISTERIAL OFFICES 71 Introduction ACCOUNT PAYMENT PERFORMANCE 87 Objective Functions BOARDS AND COMMITTEES 88 Operations CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS 89 Major Highlights for 2003-04 Key Results for 2003-04 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION STATEMENT 90 The Way Forward for 2004-05 REGIONAL IMPACT STATEMENTS 90 CORPORATE SERVICES DIVISION 73 OVERSEAS TRAVEL 91 Purpose Objectives ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTION PLAN REPORT 92 Key Results for 2003-04 Significant Energy Management The Way Forward for 2004-05 Achievements Annual Energy Use Reporting – DTUP CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 75 Risk Management NATIONAL COMPETITION POLICY 96 Fraud Detection and Internal Audit Legislation Review Contracting and Procurement Competitive Neutrality Policies and Procedures National Road Transport Reforms

RECONCILIATION 97 Reconciliation Statement Public Sector Employment and Human Resource Capacity Building Cultural Awareness Partnerships with Aboriginal People The Way Forward for 2004-05

CONSULTANCIES 99

FINANCIAL PAGES 100

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 181

AGENCY CONTACT DETAILS 182 V

ADDENDUM T W O’LOUGHLIN Chief Executive Department of Transport and Urban Planning DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report MESSAGE FROM THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE

The Department of Transport and Urban Planning (DTUP) TRANSPORT INITIATIVES has diverse responsibilities in relation to urban and regional Phase 1 of the Road Safety Reform Package, incorporating development, State and local government relations, road infrastructure, education of drivers and the public, and and public transport systems and services, and social regulatory measures, was further developed and inclusion initiatives. implemented.

The Department provides policy advice to the Minister for The Department is managing a vigorous investment Transport, the Minister for Urban Development and program that this year saw approval for a solution to the Planning, the Minister for State/Local Government Relations ongoing problems of the Britannia Roundabout; the and the Minister for the Southern Suburbs. commencement of work on the City-West Connector, which will include replacement of the Bakewell Bridge; and The organisational changes that I reported on last year have Commonwealth funding approved for the Port River demonstrated their value during the past year. Expressway project.

The Transport Planning Agency has provided a clearer Increasing use of public transport will be achieved by transport policy focus and worked hard to improve the building on our successes in information and marketing State’s share of Commonwealth road funding in the Auslink which demonstrates the benefits of public transport. program, although the State continues to receive a disproportionately low share of Commonwealth road PLANNING INITIATIVES funding (on a per-capita or per-kilometre basis). The Urban Development and Social Policy Division has been created within Planning SA to respond to the need and The Transport Services Agency has continued to pursue associated challenges for better coordination and policy operational efficiencies and improved responsiveness with determination within government. This covers issues such its focus on service delivery. as the shortfall in the supply of affordable housing, and the level and nature of social and physical infrastructure to be provided for residential and industrial development. The Corporate Services Division implemented a shared services approach to corporate and transactional services within the former transport agencies in September 2003, Planning SA worked with a number of key State and then extended the approach to the remainder of DTUP. Government agencies and organisations to create a revised The shared services arrangement has already demonstrated Planning Strategy to guide future development in significant efficiency gains and service improvements for metropolitan Adelaide, and a new draft strategy for the the Department. Inner Region.

The Office of the North and the Office for the Southern Suburbs continue to provide a focus for economic development and social inclusion opportunities within those particular communities, adopting innovative whole-of- government initiatives. The community expects government to deliver as a single unit and these offices continue to play a pivotal role in government meeting that community expectation.

1 LOCAL GOVERNMENT OUR PEOPLE On 8 March 2004, the Premier of South Australia and the I would like to take this opportunity to thank staff across President of the Local Government Association (LGA) the portfolio for their commitment, loyalty and signed the State-Local Government Relations Agreement, professionalism during a challenging year. More than many an initiative of the Minister’s Local Government Forum. Departments, our staff in this Department have transferable The Agreement aims to improve consultation arrangements professional skills that are highly valued in both the private and communication practices, and building closer, more sector and local government. It is a continuing challenge to productive working relationships between State and Local preserve and grow the skill base by giving our people Government. This is a major step forward to achieving opportunities and responsibilities to grow, broaden their more strategic coordination between State and Local experiences and enjoy their jobs. Our workforce planning is Government. focussed on meeting this challenge.

LOOKING FORWARD A focus for 2004-05 will be in skills development in The Port River Expressway, Sturt Highway extension and community consultation and a generational refreshment of City-West connector will be major infrastructure planning, engineering and technical skills. developments for the State Government over the coming year. I am delighted to welcome Trudi Meakins, Bronwyn Halliday, Chris Oerman and Heather Webster to the senior The South Australian Road Safety Strategy 2003-10 management team. confirms the government’s commitment to road safety. Through the Strategy the Department will focus on initiatives to improve South Australia’s road safety performance by reducing road trauma and enabling the State to reach the national road safety target by the end of 2010. A second phase of Road Safety Reform will be T W O’Loughlin progressed through 2004-05 under this strategy. Chief Executive Department of Transport and Urban Planning Community consultation is a key priority for the Department and its focus has been strengthened in 2003-04. This focus and the level of commitment will intensify over the next year as we strive for best practice.

The Department is taking the lead in developing greater integration between transport and land use planning. This will continue to be a significant part of our work next year and contributes to sustainability in South Australia.

With these initiatives and others, the Department is looking forward to a year full of challenges and opportunities for significant positive outcomes for South Australia.

2 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

3

DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report PROFILE STRUCTURE

INTRODUCTION DTUP MISSION STATEMENT The Department consists of the following: To be an energetic organisation that achieves the vision by being flexible and responsive to the needs of the • Transport Planning. community. • Transport Services. • Planning SA. The Department works in partnership with business, the community and local government for the benefit of South • Office of Public Transport. Australia. It has numerous customers in the areas of urban • Office of Local Government. and regional planning, transport, community capacity building and local government relations. • Corporate Services Division. • Office of the North. These include: • Office for the Southern Suburbs. • The South Australian community. • Regional Ministerial offices of the Office of the Murray, • The Ministers and Cabinet. Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback. • State Government and Commonwealth Government agencies. The Executive Directors of the agencies report directly to the Chief Executive. The Executive Directors have • Local government. delegated authority. The profile of each agency is provided • Professional bodies, peak industry groups and special with this report. interest groups who represent communities of interest in the areas of local government; planning and The statutory authorities attributed to the ministerial development; transport; and social inclusion. portfolio are also required to produce annual reports. Copies are available by contacting the respective authority.

The Department’s activities over the year were shaped by the Government’s key priorities, namely: • Economic development. • Social inclusion and well-being. • Environmental sustainability. • Science, research and creativity. • Building communities. • Expanding opportunities. • Effective government.

DTUP VISION STATEMENT The Department will strive to enhance the quality of life for all South Australians, to consolidate Adelaide’s reputation as a clean, creative and vibrant city, and to support economic prosperity and jobs.

5 Organisation Structure

PLANNING SA TRANSPORT TRANSPORT CORPORATE OFFICE OF OFFICE OF PLANNING SERVICES SERVICES PUBLIC LOCAL DIVISION TRANSPORT GOVERNMENT

6 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN PLANNING Chief Executive

OFFICE OF OFFICE FOR OFFICE OF THE MURRAY THE NORTH THE SOUTHERN & UPPER SPENCER GULF, SUBURBS FLINDERS RANGES & OUTBACK

7 MINISTERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES, ADMINISTERED ITEMS AND STATUTES

For the reporting period 1 July 2003 to 30 June 2004 the Ministerial portfolio structure for the Department of Transport and Urban Planning included:

Administered Items The Portfolio administers the following items on behalf of Ministers: • Catchment Management Subsidy Scheme. • Development Application Fees. • Emergency Services Levy Receipts. • Expiation Receipts including the Victims of Crime Levy. • Firearm Receipts. • Flood Mitigation. • Hospital Fund – Contribution. • Lincoln Cove Marina. • Local Government Taxation Equivalent (TER) Fund. • Metropolitan (Woodville, Henley and Grange) Drainage Scheme. • State Local Government Reform Fund – Stormwater Subsidies. • Minister’s Salary. • Unclaimed Salaries and Wages. • Contractors Deposits. • Motor Accident Commission Receipts. • Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund. • Registration and Licensing Collections and Disbursements. • South-Western Suburbs Drainage Scheme. • Stamp Duties Receipts. • West Beach Trust (trading as Adelaide Shores) – Taxation Equivalent Regime (TER).

8 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report LEGISLATION

The principal legislation under which the Department of MINISTER FOR STATE/LOCAL GOVERNMENT Transport and Urban Planning (DTUP) operates is: RELATIONS Adelaide Show Grounds (Regulations and By-Laws) Act MINISTER FOR TRANSPORT 1929 Adelaide Railway Station Development Act 1984 City of Adelaide Act 1998 Aerodrome Fees Act 1998 Local Government (City of Enfield Loan) Act 1953 Air Navigation Act 1937 Local Government (City of Woodville West Lakes Loan) Act 1970 Air Transport (Route Licensing Passenger Services) Act 2002 Local Government (Elections) Act 1999 AustralAsia Railway (Third Party Access) Act 1999 Local Government (Implementation) Act 1999 Civil Aviation (Carriers’ Liability) Act 1962 Local Government Act 1934 General Tramways Act 1884 Local Government Act 1999 Goods Securities Act 1986 Local Government Finance Authority Act 1983 Harbors and Navigation Act 1993 Metropolitan Area (Woodville, Henley and Grange) Drainage Act 1964 Highways Act 1926 Outback Areas Community Development Trust Act 1978 Metropolitan Adelaide Road Widening Plan Act 1972 Private Parking Areas Act 1986 Mobil Lubricating Oil Refinery (Indenture) Act 1976 South Australian Local Government Grants Commission Act Morphett Street Bridge Act 1964 1992 Motor Vehicles Act 1959 South-Western Suburbs Drainage Act 1959 Non-Metropolitan Railways (Transfer) Act 1997 Oil Refinery (Hundred of Noarlunga) Indenture Act 1958 Passenger Transport Act 1994 Proof of Sunrise and Sunset Act 1923 Protection of Marine Waters (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) Act 1987 Rail Safety Act 1996 Rail Transport Facilitation Fund Act 2001 Railways (Operations and Access) Act 1997 Railways (Transfer Agreement) Act 1975 Road Traffic Act 1961 South Australian Ports (Bulk Handling Facilities) Act 1996 Steamtown Peterborough (Vesting of Property) Act 1986 Tarcoola to Alice Springs Railway Agreement Act 1974 TransAdelaide (Corporate Structure) Act 1998

MINISTER FOR URBAN DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING Adelaide Cemeteries Authority Act 2001 Architects Act 1939 Development Act 1993 Swimming Pools (Safety) Act 1972 West Beach Recreation Reserve Act 1987

9 PRIORITIES

• Develop policy proposals and implement measures • Complete a marketing strategy for the northern region from Phase 2 of the Government’s Road Safety Reform with particular focus on economic, social and Package. environmental initiatives and commence implementation. • Upgrades to State managed roads as part of the State Black Spot Program. • Support establishment of a families and children network in the northern region to facilitate initiatives • Develop a State Transport Security Strategy. that promote the health and well-being of families and • Complete negotiations for the supply of nine new low children in the northern region. floor, wheelchair accessible air-conditioned trams. • Support a coordinated approach to the development of • Facilitate work with other Government and private materials and strategies aimed at school leavers in the sector stakeholders on the Outer Harbour Channel Murraylands and undertake a youth and community Deepening project. services mapping and consultation process in Murray Bridge to better inform State Government policy. • Undertake a detailed planning study for the Sturt Highway Extension and the Port Wakefield Road • Undertake a consultation and research project to better upgrading. inform government of public transport needs and expectations within the Upper Spencer Gulf. • Develop a draft Heavy Vehicle Access Framework in consultation with local government, road transport • Establish an office within the North West region to industry and other stakeholders. facilitate a greater whole of government focus on the social, environmental and economic issues present in • Completion of Stage 1 of the Port River Expressway the region. from South Road to Eastern Parade. • Undertake, in conjunction with the Department of • Completion of the Safe-T-Cam project to reduce fatigue Human Services (DHS) and five southern councils an as a cause of heavy vehicle crashes. integrated passenger transport study in the • Completion of the upgrade of Portrush Road from Onkaparinga, Mitcham, Marion, Unley and Holdfast Bay Greenhill Road to Magill Road. Council districts. • Completion of the City-West Connector, between South Road and James Congdon Drive at Mile End. • Annual review of the residential Metropolitan Development Plan (MDP). • Continue implementation of the Coast Park initiative. • Increase patronage of public transport to assist meeting State Strategic Plan target. • Commence infrastructure works associated with the delivery of nine new ultra-modern light rail cars. • Develop joint initiatives with the Minister’s Local Government Forum and the Local Government Association, to better align and complement local Strategic Plans of councils with, and to complement the State Strategic Plan. • Develop and implement the Southern Economic Development Plan (post Mitsubishi and Mobil closures) in conjunction with the cities of Marion and Onkaparinga. • Complete the Crime Prevention and Sustainable Communities Project, examine strategic crime prevention strategies with the Crime Prevention Unit.

10 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS 2003-04

ROAD SAFETY REFORM NOMADs On TRACK Phase 1 of the Road Safety Reform Package, incorporating Nomads OnTrack was introduced in December 2003. In a infrastructure, education of drivers and the public, and world first, users are able to download and store rail regulatory measures was further developed and timetables on their phone. This enables up-to-date implemented. information about rail running times, providing greater convenience and reliability for patrons. SOUTH AUSTRALIAN ROAD SAFETY STRATEGY 2003-2010 IMPROVED FACILITIES AT NOARLUNGA INTERCHANGE The South Australian Road Safety Strategy 2003-2010 was published. The Strategy is designed to improve South The Office of Public Transport and TransAdelaide jointly Australia’s road safety performance. improved passenger amenities at the Noarlunga Centre Interchange. The upgrade included painting, revegetation and landscaping, improved lighting and installation of video TRANSPORT SECURITY surveillance and help phones. Wall murals and art posters Priority has been given to the issue of transport security. A produced by Carclew Youth Arts have provided attractive senior executive was appointed to focus on this area. Key murals. responsibilities include working with transport agencies and private operators on transport security risk assessment and PARKLANDS 2036 preventative strategies. The Parklands 2036 vision will establish clear directions for the future development and preservation of the Adelaide’s PORT RIVER EXPRESSWAY metropolitan open space. Stage 1 of the Port River Expressway has progressed extending from South Road in the east to Eastern Parade in PLACES FOR PEOPLE PROGRAM the west. A number of projects funded by the Places for People Tenders were called for Stages 2 and 3, the Road and Rail Program were commenced or completed. The program Bridges, in April 2004. committed $1.04 million to 24 urban improvement projects. The grants were made to Councils. MAWSON INTERCHANGE The proposed construction of this public interchange is an REGIONAL OPEN SPACE ENHANCEMENT SUBSIDY example of the State Government’s commitment to (ROSES) PROGRAM increase use of public transport. The interchange will Over $2.5 million in grant funding was allocated to local integrate both bus and passenger train services and provide government through the ROSES program. direct access for park-n-ride and kiss-n-ride commuters.

COAST PARK REAL TIME PASSENGER INFORMATION The Coast Park project was developed as a partnership The "SmartStop" Real Time Passenger Information system between the State Government, local councils and key was implemented. It gives passengers real time information stakeholder groups to link the many special places of through computer updated bus stop displays, as well as interest along the metropolitan coastline and provide a improving bus services by providing better information to publicly accessible ‘linear park’. Over $2 million in additional drivers. funding was committed.

11

DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report STATE STRATEGIC PLAN

In March 2004, the South Australian State Strategic Plan Creating Opportunity was released providing clear direction about the government’s objectives and priorities for South Australia for the coming decade.

The fundamental premise of the Plan is "creating opportunity" for people wherever they are and whatever they do. It reinforces the need for an integrated and cooperative approach to face the challenges and work on solutions.

The plan has six interrelated objectives:

1. Growing prosperity. 2. Improving wellbeing. 3. Attaining prosperity. 4. Fostering creativity. 5. Building communities. 6. Expanding opportunities.

The Department emphasises the importance of focusing its strategic, business and budget planning processes on how it will contribute to achieving the Strategic Plan targets.

The State Strategic Plan’s implications for DTUP as a lead agency are concentrated in performance targets in the areas of road safety, public transport and planning approvals. In addition to road safety and public transport, this Department should also expect to have a support role in assisting the achievement of targets related to strategic infrastructure; export growth; quality of life; greenhouse emissions; safety at work; ecological footprint; protection of diversity; and State/local government partnerships and regional infrastructure. The exciting challenge for this Department is that agency planning and performance will contribute demonstrably to the directions established in the State Strategic Plan.

Our performance will be measured regularly against the Plan’s targets and changes against benchmark indicators will demonstrate our progress in moving the indicators in the right direction.

13 COMMUNITY CONSULTATION

Community consultation is a priority for this Department and there is a focus upon the importance of developing best practice.

Community consultation includes public consultation, community engagement, citizen participation, meaningful civic dialogue, stakeholder liaison or client empowerment and is used loosely to include partnerships and features transparency.

To underline the importance being placed upon community consultation, an executive role has been established within the Department to develop a consistent and valid approach to consultation across DTUP, ensuring that best practice is applied. Part of the role is to develop a strategic framework for effective community consultation, which will be developed in collaboration with relevant DTUP staff and key stakeholders. The focus on best practice community consultation within DTUP is about to intensify.

It is clearly acknowledged that meaningful and productive consultation with all key stakeholders will contribute to better decision-making. A variety of techniques will be developed across the Department to ensure that communication and consultation plans are efficient and effective.

Increasingly the business sector and the broader community want their voice to be heard and believe that they have a valid and rational opinion that can inform the decision-making process in those areas of government that have an impact on their daily work or lifestyle.

DTUP is committed to quality community consultation. Effective community consultation and management of expectations will achieve positive outcomes for the community and the Department.

14 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report SOCIAL INCLUSION

In the State Strategic Plan one objective is to improve the The Department in conjunction with the Commonwealth wellbeing of South Australians. Many of the Department’s and other States, has worked to identify and cost the programs in transport and planning, with the regional strategic aerodrome needs of remote Aboriginal offices, are integrally linked to the social inclusion priorities communities. This work identified that air services to the of the government. communities in the Anangu Pitjantjatjara Yankunytjatjara Lands were struggling to meet commercial viability and, without Government subsidisation, might fail. DTUP already Access to, and the efficiency of, passenger transport is a contributes to a Commonwealth subsidy called the Remote major contributor to community well being. The availability Air Services Subsidy (RASS) Scheme for weekly air services of public or private transport options provides choice to the to remote communities adjacent to the Birdsville and community, an affordable means of travel to those with Strzelecki Tracks. DTUP successfully facilitated the inclusion limited transport options, and can minimise the of Nyapari and Watarru on the Anangu Pitjantjatjara environmental impacts of transport. Yankunytjatjara Lands in the RASS Scheme. Effective passenger transport enables social mobility for travel to work, education, recreation, family and community obligations. It facilitates social inclusion and helps to avoid The Department manages over 10 000km of unsealed roads social isolation. in the Far North and West with other significant road networks in the region being managed by National Parks, The integration of transport infrastructure and public Aboriginal landholders and other private organisations. transport services through developments such as the These roads are vital links for the local communities and, in Mawson Interchange, provide examples of connected- addition to the social linkages, provide access to the region thinking to bring about a transport solution that offers for important economic activities such as mining, agriculture significant benefits for community wellbeing. and tourism. For each of the regional offices, an important part of their roles is to work in partnership with other government agencies and community organisations to ensure integration Quality land use and built environment outcomes for the of initiatives and effort, and to create and capitalise on State, along with the development of planning mechanisms opportunities. Social inclusion is a key driver in each of by the public sector, are strategies to facilitate the supply of these areas as each office responds individually to its area’s affordable housing for the State. particular needs, linking community development with economic development. To improve customer access to services, DTUP has introduced the following electronic services: More specifically, within the Department there are • EzyReg, which provides electronic access via the numerous examples of programs and activity with direct internet, to 25 vehicle registration related transactions. social benefits to the metropolitan and regional communities of South Australia. • Electronic Enhancement and Lodgement of Planning Reports (EELPAR) that provides easier access to the State’s development plans. The Office of Public Transport is undertaking a range of work that achieves positive social inclusion outcomes, including: DTUP is taking the lead in developing greater integration between transport and the planning of employment, • Improving public transport services in metropolitan services, housing and recreation, through better integrating Adelaide. land use and transport systems. • Access Taxi reforms. • Reviewing passenger transport services in the northern and southern suburbs. • Implementing policies and services in regional South Australia that deliver community based passenger transport improvements.

The Office of Local Government, Department for Aboriginal Affairs & Reconciliation and the Local Government Association are exploring approaches to service level agreements between five local government councils and Aboriginal community landholding authorities located within 15 those council areas. SUSTAINABILITY

The State Strategic Plan (SSP) emphasises sustainability as DTUP has developed a world first noise camera that allows one of six key strategic objectives for the State. The goal collection of information on current noise levels of individual for South Australia is to become clean, green and vehicles on the road. This will provide the basis for future sustainable in order to boost community well-being, noise management approaches. safeguard future generations and contribute to the State’s prosperity. The development of the transport system and With a climate and topography generally favourable for land use planning have a vital role in the achievement of cycling and walking, the Department, in collaboration with these goals. local government and industry, continues to provide a bicycle network and promote the use of bicycles and bike The State Planning Strategy under the Development Act lanes. 1993 provides the head power for land use planning frameworks throughout South Australia. The Strategy sets The Mawson Interchange is a positive example of a State out the government’s vision and the direction for Government initiative to integrate transport services and development by providing a framework for the community, urban development with a strong commitment to increase the private sector and local government. It also promotes a the use of public transport. The Interchange will intergrate whole-of-government approach by integrating a range of both bus and passenger train services and provide direct strategic State agency plans and policies. An integrated access for park-n-ride and kiss-n-ride commuters, cyclists approach to planning is key to the Department’s and pedestrians. An increased use of public transport to and sustainability agenda. from Mawson Lakes will reduce road congestion and reduce greenhouse gases. To deliver a sustainable transport future the Department is focused on achieving the appropriate balance across the A number of initiatives throughout DTUP are having a policy areas of economic development, social inclusion, beneficial impact on South Australia: sustainable development and science and innovation.

• The Parkland 2036 vision, which will establish clear In transport over the past 12 months, the Department has directions for the future development and preservation continued to work towards sustainability through: of the Adelaide’s metropolitan open space for the next • Managing demand for travel, and in particular with an 33 years, was approved in August 2003. initiative aimed at reducing car travel; and • Over $2.5 million in grant funding was allocated to local • Undertaking pilot studies in Green Travel Plans, for government through the Regional Open Space and workplaces and walking school buses. Enhancement Subsidy Program, including over $650 000 to the City of Onkaparinga for open space development in the southern suburbs and $430 000 to In terms of reducing energy consumption by the transport Port Augusta City Council for foreshore open space system, and especially the consumption of non-renewable development. energy, the Department has continued to investigate the potential of biodiesel as an alternative fuel, particularly for • The Coast Park project was developed as a partnership. use in the bus fleet. Entering a biodiesel bus in the World • In the Port River Expressway Project, in support of the Solar Challenge provided a unique opportunity to promote SA Government's Zero waste objectives, approximately the Government’s sustainability program and to highlight 600 000 tonnes of recycled material was used as fill the Department’s activities in support of the program. material. • The road link for the City-West Connector is tree lined Another element in the Government’s program to reduce including the wide median strip; and has an energy consumption in the transport system is through environmentally designed stormwater detention dam, reducing the electrical energy consumed by traffic signals. developed in a new park adjacent to Keswick Creek at The Department is progressively replacing all traffic signal South Road and the extension of the Westside shared globes with Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs), which offer pathway, linking Glenelg to the City. considerable energy savings, and therefore, reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

Under the Commonwealth Government’s "Measures for a Better Environment" program, DTUP has secured $3.9 million funding to establish a vehicle emissions testing and 16 repair capability in South Australia. DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

• The Glenelg trams are to be replaced with nine new ultra-modern light rail cars in 2005 and 2006. The Government has committed $71.9 million to purchase the tram cars and to significantly upgrade the power supply, track and stations along the Glenelg line. The new tram cars will be energy efficient and environmentally friendly, with low noise generation. • Public transport patronage grew by 0.2 per cent. Note there was industrial action during the year. • A commitment to the purchase of new plant, which will be more energy efficient than the currently leased plant, has been made. • A major study, jointly funded by local councils, the Office of Local Government and the Department of Water, Land and Biodiversity Conservation, has been approved to investigate innovative approaches and priority works for stormwater management, flood mitigation and water re-use opportunities.

This Department is committed to long-term sustainability in South Australia and working in partnership with others to achieve this vision. DTUP is taking the lead in developing greater integration between transport and the planning of employment, services, housing and recreation, through better integrating land use and transport systems.

17 T W O’LOUGHLIN Commissioner of Highways DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report COMMISSIONER OF HIGHWAYS

As Commissioner of Highways I am charged with the duty of carrying the Highways Act 1926 into effect. Pursuant to Section 28 of the Act the Commissioner has powers to make further and better provision for the construction and maintenance of roads and other works. In discharging these requirements under the Act, the Commissioner has an obligation to report upon the operation of the Act.

Under my direction, the Transport agencies continue to meet the requirements of the Act and to meet the policy objectives of the government. The requirements of the Act and the role, responsibilities and objectives of the Transport agencies are intrinsically linked. Accordingly, I am pleased to provide the following reports of the Transport agencies as reports satisfying the requirements of the Highways Act.

Financial matters relating to the Highways Fund have been incorporated into the Financial Statements of the Department and the Notes to and Forming Part of the Department Financial Statements.

T W O’Loughlin Commissioner of Highways

19 TRUDI MEAKINS Executive Director Transport Planning DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report TRANSPORT PLANNING AGENCY

INTRODUCTION Safety, Legislation and Inter-government Relations Transport Planning is responsible for policy and planning for The role of this area is to: transport across all modes. • Develop draft policy and strategic plans and provide During 2003-04 two new functions were established within advice about road safety and selected projects. the Agency. To address increased transport security risks, • Provide technical and administrative support to DTUP appointed a senior executive to focus on transport government road safety committees. security issues. • Coordinate inter-government relations activities and provide policy advice and legislative development In addition, an Office for Cycling and Walking was formed to services. provide leadership and greater coordination between all levels of government and community groups on walking and cycling issues. Security and Freight Logistics The role of this area is to: OBJECTIVE • Provide policy advice and strategy development on To provide leadership in the development of transport transport security, freight transport and commercial options by providing policy, planning and investment advice shipping. to assist government to achieve its strategic objectives. • Ensure adequate and consistent transport security risk management and assist agencies to develop FUNCTIONS preventative strategies commensurate with the The agency’s functions are to: assessed risk. • Scan the environment for emerging transport issues. • Work with private operators to encourage the integration of security risk assessments, planning and • Develop and evaluate policy frameworks and options. measures into normal business operations. • Produce detailed policies, plans and investment • Address security issues with particular focus on mass strategies. passenger transport. • Facilitate policy implementation. • Support efficient, sustainable and equitable access to • Administer legislation assigned to the agency. freight services in South Australia. • Partner with key stakeholders to improve freight OPERATIONS logistics at an international, national, state and regional There are 87 employees within the Transport Planning level. Agency, with an operating budget in 2003-04 of $18.9 million. Policy The operations of Transport Planning are divided into the The role of this area is to: areas of: • Undertake policy analysis and research on whole-of- • Safety, legislation and inter-government relations. transport system issues. • Security and freight logistics. • Address policy issues associated with rail transport, • Policy. aviation, vehicle, cycling and walking policy. • Investment and planning. • Develop policies and strategies to address the environmental impacts of transport. • Work closely with all levels of government and industry to facilitate implementation of policy.

Investment and Planning The role of this area is to: • Develop a suite of strategic transport plans. • Identify investments required to achieve the Government’s transport policy. • Coordinate the Department’s annual budget submission. 21 MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 Review of Transport Security Legislation The agency found that there is a need to modify State Road Safety Reform Packages legislation regulating transport operations to better facilitate Phase 1 of the Road Safety Reform Package, incorporating transport security initiatives. Further action will be taken infrastructure, education of drivers and the public, and after a Commonwealth review of legislation across all regulatory measures was further developed and jurisdictions. implemented. Transport Security Risk Workshop Initiatives included: In conjunction with the Commonwealth Department of Transport and Regional Services, Transport Planning held a • Reduction of the open road speed limit to 100km/h on Transport Security Risk Context Workshop. It informed key arterial roads which were narrow, winding or hilly or transport owners and operators on terrorist threats, had a poor crash history. preparation of security assessments and preventative • Introduction of a range of regulatory measures including planning. demerit points for camera offences, increased drink driving penalties and changes to the licensing scheme for novice drivers. • Using red light cameras to detect speeding offences. • Introduction of limited mobile Random Breath Testing (RBT).

The Road Safety Advisory Council, established by the Government, presented a second suite of 25 road safety reforms for the Government’s consideration. These are in line with the "South Australian Road Safety Strategy 2003- 10" and will be progressed in 2004-05.

South Australian Road Safety Strategy The South Australian Road Safety Strategy 2003-10 was published. The strategy focusses on a wide range of initiatives designed to improve South Australia’s road safety performance by reducing road trauma and to enable the State to reach the national road safety target by the end of 2010.

Smart Road Safety Program The Department delivered a $5 million Smart Road Safety Program, comprising a series of innovative measures aimed at achieving significant gains in road safety. Measures implemented included the use of intelligent transport technology to provide information and warnings to drivers, safety related signing, installation of rumble strips and rest area upgrading.

22 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

KEY RESULTS FOR 2003–04 Cold Chain Centre In addition to the major highlights, Transport Planning Building on South Australia’s well-established expertise in accomplished the following: cold chain logistics, the national cold chain centre proposal was developed during 2003-04 by the Department of State Black Spot Transport and Urban Planning, Primary Industries and Resources SA and Food South Australia, in conjunction with The State Black Spot Program is a road safety initiative to industry members of the Premier’s Food Council and the reduce the number of crashes by making infrastructure South Australian Freight Council. The South Australian improvements. In 2003-04, the State Government allocated Government will provide seed funding of the centre for a $7 million to this program. Approximately 50 per cent ($3.5 period of three years and expects it to be self-supporting million) of funds were applied to road upgrades on State thereafter. managed roads, 25 per cent ($1.75 million) to local roads and 25 per cent ($1.75 million) to rail crossing projects. The Cold Chain Centre will provide the food export industry with cold chain logistics solutions to strengthen supply In a South Australian first, a new joint funding arrangement chains and enhance competitiveness. The Centre will be was established in 2003-04. Known as the "Safer Local part of the South Australian Freight Council. Roads Program", it included local government contributing 25 per cent of total project costs for local road black spot projects. The additional local government contribution led Bowmans Intermodal Facility to a total State Black Spot program of $7.5 million in 2003- The Minister for Transport officially opened the Patrick 04, with $2.3 million allocated to local roads. Portlink Road Rail Intermodal facility at Bowmans in August 2003 with regular train services linking the terminal with Funding for Key Infrastructure Projects Outer Harbor and the interstate rail network. When fully operational, up to 24 000 semi-trailer loads per year will be As part of the Government’s commitment to providing moved from road to rail. Transport Planning played a key strategic transport infrastructure, business cases were role in facilitating this project. developed and funding was secured for the:

• Britannia Roundabout upgrade. Metropolitan Rail Line Standardisation • Replacement of the Bakewell Bridge. The Government completed a cost-benefit analysis of the standardisation of the metropolitan and inner regional rail • South Road upgrade between Torrens and Grange lines. Further studies have commenced to identify the Roads. commercial beneficiaries from such a project.

Detailed planning will commence in 2004-05. Road Asset Sustainment 2002-03 was the first year of implementation of the Asset Sustainment Plan to improve the condition of the road transport network. In 2003-04 this focus on maintaining roads was continued. Towards the end of the financial year there was an opportunity to further increase expenditure on road maintenance. Priority was given to high crash risk areas and sections of road in need of rehabilitation. Specific additional work occurred on: • Asphalt resurfacing and road pavement marking in the urban and rural areas. • Guard fencing, new traffic signal controllers, and rural resealing. • Additional grids to assist the efficient use of water in outback road maintenance.

23 Draft South Australian Transport Plan Funding for Emissions Testing Facility The draft Transport Plan was released for community Under the Commonwealth Government's "Measures for a consultation in 2003. Significant and constructive feedback Better Environment" program, DTUP has secured funding of was received from many individuals and key organisations. $3.9 million to establish a vehicle emissions testing and repair capability in South Australia. Adelaide Light Rail Project The Government officially announced the upgrade of the The testing facility for diesel and petrol fuelled vehicles, will Glenelg Tramway, to include the procurement of nine new be established over the next three years. It will test a low-floor, wheelchair accessible, air-conditioned trams and sample of 1 200 vehicles from the South Australian diesel upgrade the existing Glenelg tramway infrastructure. fleet to measure its emissions performance. Training for Tenders were called worldwide for the supply of trams. mechanics in maintenance of diesel fuelled vehicles and the Bombardier Transportation Australia was the preferred cost for the repair of worst polluters identified during testing supplier. will be covered by the funds.

Taxis in Bus Lanes in Metropolitan Adelaide Noise Camera In line with the Government’s commitment to enable taxis Motor vehicle noise is of growing concern to the community to use bus lanes during peak-hour traffic, a policy was and has been shown to have significant health and amenity implemented that allows taxis to use bus lanes (but not bus- impacts. DTUP has developed a noise camera that allows only lanes) throughout the metropolitan area. This reduces collection of information on current noise levels of individual delays for taxi passengers and improves the efficiency and vehicles on the road. This information will assist in safety of taxi operations. development of future noise management approaches. The noise camera, which is a world first, has attracted much Business Transport Needs in the Southern Suburbs interest from other jurisdictions around Australia. An audit of the transport needs of business in the southern region was undertaken featuring extensive consultation with Biodiesel a wide range of businesses and business associations Investigations into biodiesel as an alternative fuel to located, or operating extensively within, the southern petroleum diesel, particularly for the State bus fleet, have region. commenced. Biodiesel has the potential to reduce greenhouse gas and fine particulates emissions from transport, and could also reduce local dependence on crude The major issue identified by businesses, particularly in the oil imports and improve fuel security. automotive industry, was the need to be able to manage their supply chains to cater for the needs of ‘Just-in-Time’ manufacturing processes and business operations. These are becoming more widespread in the face of national and global competitive forces. To this end the delays and unreliability of travel times along the major north–south road corridors (South Road and Marion Road–Hanson Road) were identified as a critical issue. The wine and retail industries indicated a need for improved local road access for heavy vehicles.

Preliminary recommendations were incorporated into the Southern Suburbs Economic Development Plan, released in January 2004.

24 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Facilitation of Air Services to the APY Lands THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004–05 DTUP worked jointly with the Commonwealth and other Initiatives to be undertaken by Transport Planning include: States to identify and cost the strategic aerodrome needs of remote Aboriginal communities. Phase 2 of the Government’s Road Safety Reform DTUP successfully facilitated the inclusion of Nyapari and Package Watarru on the Anangu Pitjantjatjara Yankunytjatjara (APY) The Road Safety Advisory Council, established by the Lands in the Remote Air Service Subsidy (RASS) Scheme. government has made 25 recommendations regarding a DTUP contributes to this scheme which provides a second suite of road safety reforms in South Australia. Commonwealth subsidy for weekly air services to remote The South Australian Government will progress these communities adjacent to the Birdsville and Strzelecki Tracks. recommendations during 2004-05. Safety initiatives will encompass driver behaviour and education, infrastructure Coober Pedy Air Service Assistance Package improvements and legislative reforms. DTUP contributed to a package to grow patronage on the Adelaide-Coober Pedy air service to ensure the continued Safety Camera Enhancement Program viability of the route. The package included: The existing red light and speed camera network will be • A reduction in the airfare by Regional Express. expanded by acquiring eight new digital red light and speed cameras and the development of 21 new camera sites for • A contribution by South Australian Tourism Commission rotation as well as the purchase of a mobile "wheelie bin" of $20 000 towards specific marketing of the route. camera for police use. • Waiving of airport charges by the Coober Pedy Council to further reduce the airfare. State Black Spot • A contribution of $20 000 by DTUP towards the A total State Black Spot Program allocation of $7.23m has maintenance of the airport. been made for 2004-05. This comprises $6.50m state funds and $0.73m Council contributions. Facilitation of International Air Services In accordance with the State Black Spot Guidelines, DTUP facilitated the introduction of direct flights between approximately 25% of the program is applied to rail crossing Adelaide and Auckland, New Zealand. Qantas is expected to projects resulting from the Rail Level Crossing Safety commence operating the route with three weekly services Advisory Committee’s priority identification. The remaining in December 2004. 75% is applied to road upgrades, with two thirds allocated to State managed roads and one third to local roads. This DTUP also facilitated additional direct international services local road component is referred to as Safer Local Roads to Adelaide including: Program (SLRP) and was a new initiative in 2003-04 to fund black spot upgrades on local roads. SLRP has local • A fourth direct weekly service to Singapore by government contributing 33% in 2004-05. Singapore airlines.

• A fourth direct weekly service to Kuala Lumpur by South Australian Transport Security Strategy Malaysia airlines. A State Transport Security Strategy will be developed to • A twice-weekly service to Denpasar by Air Paradise. address the security of South Australia’s transport system. This will guide the improvement of transport security across Triple Bottom Line Assessment all modes within the State to reduce the likelihood of transport vehicles or infrastructure being used as targets for DTUP developed a triple bottom line assessment model, terrorist activities. based on experience in the UK, to allow initiatives to be assessed from an integrated economic, social and environmental perspective. The model was successfully applied to DTUP transport agencies 2004-05 bilateral Budget bids.

25 Outer Harbor Channel Deepening Heavy Vehicle Access Framework With the clear trend in global shipping towards the use of By 30 December 2004 DTUP, in consultation with local larger, deeper draught ships for the transport of freight, government, the road transport industry and other deepening of the channel at Outer Harbor to accommodate stakeholders, will develop a draft Heavy Vehicle Access these vessels is of key importance to the State. DTUP will Framework. The framework will define the policy, continue to play a facilitation role in this important project, processes and accountabilities for managing general freight working with other government and private sector heavy vehicle access within the State. It will aim to stakeholders. balance road safety, industry productivity, environmental impact, community amenity and equitable road/rail Sturt Highway Extension and Port Wakefield Road competition, and will also be consistent with the National Upgrade Transport Commission’s national transport reform initiatives (such as Performance Based Standards, Road Classification A detailed planning study will be undertaken for the Sturt Guidelines). Highway Extension and Port Wakefield Road upgrading in 2004-05 with funding provided by the Australian Government under its AusLink investment program. The framework will form the basis for the development of an ongoing road assessment and upgrading program for 2004-05 and out years. The proposed Sturt Highway Extension is a new AusLink National Network link for South Australia, extending from the Gawler Bypass to Port Wakefield Road (near Waterloo Strategic Management Framework for the Rail Corner Road). It will replace the Gawler to Gepps Cross Network section of Main North Road on the AusLink National The development of a strategic management framework for Network. the rail network in South Australia will address the role of the rail network in the achievement of the State Strategic Plan goals. Initial work will include further detailed financial It will provide an expressway standard road freight link to and technical assessments of the standardisation of the allow the efficient, cost effective and safe movement of metropolitan rail network. road freight between the Barossa and Riverland regions and metropolitan Adelaide, particularly to the Port of Adelaide and Outer Harbor. Green Triangle Railway Further investigations will be carried out on this project, which involves re-opening of the South East rail network for To maximise the efficiencies for road freight movement and commercial rail freight operations and includes the to cater for the increased traffic volumes, it is also standardisation, upgrade and maintenance of rail assets proposed to upgrade Port Wakefield Road to an equivalent associated with the network. These investigations will be expressway standard and increase its capacity by widening conducted in conjunction with industry, stakeholders and it to six lanes. the Victorian Government.

Eyre Peninsula The Eyre Regional Development Board has commenced a joint study with the government and the grain logistics industry on the options for upgrading the Eyre Peninsula grain logistics network including the narrow gauge rail network. DTUP will also continue to facilitate improvements to the grain storage, handling and transport facilities on Eyre Peninsula.

Coober Pedy Air Route Licence Following community and industry consultation, the Adelaide-Coober Pedy air service operated by Regional Express has been licensed solely to the airline to ensure the continued viability of the service. The licence will take effect from August 2004 for two years.

26 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Outback Roads Action Plan The State Government manages over 10 000kms of unsealed roads in the Far North and West. Other significant road networks in the region are managed by National Parks, Aboriginal landholders and other private organisations. These roads are vital links for the local communities and provide access to the region for important economic activities such as mining, agriculture and tourism.

In 2004-05 DTUP will develop an Outback Road Access Plan. This will focus investment and maintenance dollars where they are needed most and provide a firm policy position on public and private sector road investment in outback areas.

Transport Needs Of Key Regional Growth Areas In 2004-05 DTUP will investigate the transport needs of key regional growth areas currently experiencing particularly high economic and population growth in conjunction with local government and industry.

Review of Overtaking Lanes A review on the performance of the overtaking lanes program will be completed in 2004-05. The review will examine the effectiveness of existing lanes in reducing traffic delays and improving road safety. The review covers lanes on the Dukes Highway between Tailem Bend and the Victorian Border, the Port Augusta-Port Wakefield Road, the Noarlunga-Cape Jervis road, and the Noarlunga-Victor Harbor road.

27 JON STEELE Executive Director Transport Services DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report TRANSPORT SERVICES AGENCY (TRANSPORT SA)

INTRODUCTION • Wharves and recreational jetties, commercial fishing facilities and navigation aids. Given the intrinsic role transport plays in everyday life and the social and economic benefits it provides, the Transport • Rail and marine reserves. Services Agency plays a crucial role in our community. The Transport Services Agency also provides regulatory Transport Services is well positioned to respond to the services and performs work on behalf of other government complexity of the transport network across this State. agencies. These functions include: • The provision of drivers’ licenses, permits for heavy It will continue to strive for efficiency and effectiveness vehicles and vehicle registration. during these times of rapid change and new challenges, supporting industry, business and the people of South • Safety issues concerning marine and rail modes. Australia. • Collecting compulsory third party insurance premiums. • Collecting gun licence fees. Its role is varied, ranging from the construction of roads to • Undertaking other civil engineering works. the compliance of heavy vehicles; from car registration to facilitating rail freight initiatives; and funding boating • Administering the Catchment Management Subsidy. facilities. OPERATIONS The Transport Services Agency operates under the More than 1400 employees are located across the State. established branding of Transport SA (TSA). Its focus is on There are 24 depots as well as 16 Customer Service the delivery of projects and services in line with government Centres. There are regional offices at Murray Bridge policy and the strategic transport direction set by the (Eastern Region), Port Augusta (Northern and Western government. Region), Crystal Brook (Mid-North Region) and Norwood (Metropolitan Region). The agency works in conjunction OBJECTIVE with local government to create an integrated and efficient To deliver and support safe, sustainable and secure transport network that supports the needs of all road users. transport that underpins the economic and social growth of South Australia. It provides essential transport infrastructure for urban, rural and remote communities and industries to generate social, FUNCTIONS economic and environmental benefits, and ensures that Functions are: ongoing public investment in transport infrastructure is properly planned, managed and protected. • Maintenance of transport assets.

• Operation and management of the transport system. In addition to road construction and maintenance, Transport • Regulation of access, behaviour and security of Services also has a statewide responsibility for all regulatory transport system users. road signs, traffic control signals and road markings. • Delivery of transport infrastructure. Transport Services also administers State law relating to • Influencing the use of transport system and behaviour marine, rail and road transport. The network of customer of users. service centres, online transactions and call centre • Influencing transport strategy, policy and advice. operations provides a wide range of opportunities for industry, organisations and the community to access essential road and marine regulatory services. Transport assets managed are: • Arterial roads, structures, and associated equipment, TSA’s annual budget is about $550 million, representing including street lighting, traffic control devices, about six percent of the State’s annual budget. This includes communication equipment and signs. Federal funding and is used for capital projects, on going • Adelaide O’Bahn Busway track and structures and public maintenance, and day-to-day operations. transport depots. • Outback roads. • River ferries.

29 Road Network Maintenance Distribution of Asset Value by Type (written down value total $4.2B) South Australia is served with a road network totalling 97 234 carriageway kilometres, of which the Commissioner of Unsealed Roads 1% Highways is responsible for 12 950 carriageway kilometres Roads, Signs 46% Earthworks 34% of sealed road and 10 158 carriageway kilometres of unsealed road. This network comprises a number of road categories including national highway, urban arterial and urban local, rural arterial and rural local and unsealed.

The road network is also served by the operation of ferries at crossings of the River Murray. A total of $2.1 million was Ferries 0% Bridges, Culverts, spent on the maintenance of the ferry vessels and the Weighbridges 16% approaches which enabled a 99.8 percent operational Busway 1% Signals and availability to be sustained. It is estimated that the ferries Lighting 2% carried 1.55 million vehicles in 2003-04.

The estimated total replacement value of these network Transport SA Responsibility by Road Category (carriageway) road assets is $7.9 billion with a written down value of $4.2 billion distributed by asset type as shown.

Urban Arterial National Highway Sealed 6% Sealed 13% Unsealed 44% In 2003-04, $105 million was spent on the maintenance, Urban Local rehabilitation or replacement of these assets, made up of Sealed 0% $74 million on the state funded sealed network, $17.4 million on the federally funded National Highway Network, and $13.7 million on the unsealed network (including re- sheeting works). State maintenance/replacement expenditure included $4.4 million on the replacement of LED lanterns in traffic signals. In total, this expenditure Rural Arterial Sealed 37% Rural Local Sealed 0% represents approximately 1.3 per cent of the estimated replacement value of these assets.

Routine road maintenance expenditure, addressing ongoing The Commissioner is responsible for managing the long- small-scale defects and cyclic maintenance work for road term physical condition of a range of infrastructure assets pavements, roadsides and roadside furniture, totalled $18.3 associated with this road network including: million for State and $4.9 million for National Highway. • Road pavement (sealed, unsealed, outback). • Roadside amenity, shoulders and drainage. Maintaining the integrity of road surfacing is a key maintenance activity in managing overall road network • Structures (bridges and culverts). condition. A total of $26.4 million was applied to • Pavement marking and raised pavement markers. resurfacing (periodic) works, an increase of $5.8 million compared to 2002-03. However, road surfacing age profiles • Traffic management facilities and systems. across the network are continuing to increase. • Road lighting. • Regulatory signs, advanced direction signs and tourist Excluding the LED replacement, overall expenditure was signs. increased by $8.7 million compared to 2002-03 with an increased emphasis on maintenance activities towards the • Busway and park-and-ride facilities. end of the financial year. The increased activity was • Ferries and ferry landings. focused on resurfacing works and the procurement of guardfence replacement materials and traffic signal assets.

30 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Road Maintenance and Replacement Expenditure 2003-04 the financial year including shaping, drainage and rehabilitation activities.

Other 7% Ferries 2% Outback Roads 13% Road Operation Bridges 5% Indicators that are relevant to the efficiency of the arterial road network include actual travel speed and congestion in the urban area as shown in the following tables and graphs. The Actual Travel Speed (Urban) performance indicator is a weighted aggregate speed, and is derived from travel time data collected on a representative sample of arterial roads in Electrical Assets 11% Sealed Road Adelaide for three time periods (morning and afternoon peak Pavement/Roadside 62% periods and an off-peak period).

Actual Travel Speed - Urban (ATS) Programmed replacement of traffic signal assets continued, 50 including 30 upgraded traffic control units and the 45 conversion of 242 signal sites to more cost efficient and 40 environmentally sustainable LED lamp technology.

ATS (km/h) ATS 35

30 Increased effort also has been directed towards ageing 1995/6 1996/7 1997/8 1998/9 1999/0 2000/1 2001/2 2002/3 2003/4 street lighting assets, including the upgrading of 845 AM PEAK 42.3 41.7 39.7 39.2 38.2 38.4 37.9 37.2 36 PM PEAK 43.2 43.2 40.8 41.7 42 41.7 40.4 39.8 40.9 luminaries and replacement of 27 deteriorated lighting pole OFF PEAK 47.2 45.8 45.8 45.8 45.1 47.2 44.4 44.2 45 bases. ALL DAY 45.1 44.4 43.5 43.5 43.2 44.4 42.4 42 42.4

A review of the service condition of Statewide Help Phones The Congestion Indicator (Urban) reflects the difference has resulted in replacement of seven phones for the Stuart between actual and nominal travel times, and is a measure and Eyre Highways, and four phones for the SE Highway. of the delay resulting from traffic conditions which do not The phones are solar powered and are regularly tested permit travel at the posted (zoned) speed limits. using diagnostic software located at the Agency’s Metropolitan Regional Office.

Congestion Indicator - Urban (CGI) Outback Roads 0.8 The 11 grading patrols have maintained over 0.7 10 000 kilometres of different classifications of unsealed 0.6 roads in the Northern and Western Region. 0.5 0.4

CGI (Minutes/km) 0.3 This included grading, reshaping, washout and bulldust 0.2 1995/6 1996/7 1997/8 1998/9 1999/0 2000/1 2001/2 2002/3 2003/4 repairs, minor resheeting, drainage works, construction and AM PEAK 0.47 0.50 0.56 0.58 0.62 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.72 maintenance of dams, installation and replacement of road PM PEAK 0.44 0.44 0.52 0.49 0.48 0.49 0.54 0.56 0.51 furniture and grids, various amenity activities, construction OFF PEAK 0.32 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.38 0.32 0.40 0.41 0.38 ALL DAY 0.38 0.40 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.41 0.47 0.48 0.46 and maintenance of floodways, responding to flood and rain events (in particular reinstatement of damaged sections during December 2003 and March, May and June 2004). A total of 8 360 kilometres of dry maintenance grading and 865 kilometres of wet maintenance grading was undertaken.

The Agency's two resheeting gangs have been undertaking resheeting activities along the Strzelecki Track (Innamincka to Della, Lyndhurst to Frome Creek and The Knob), Coober Pedy to Oodnadatta Road and Far West (Fowlers Bay). A total of 122 kilometres of resheeting was completed over 31 Nominal and Actual Travel Speed – Rural Lane Occupancy Rate (Persons) Travel speeds in rural areas are reflected in the Nominal The Lane Occupancy Rates (Persons) indicator measures Travel Speed (Rural) and Actual Travel Speed (Rural) the average utilisation of the metropolitan Adelaide arterial indicators. The former indicator is the theoretical average road network for the purpose of personal travel, and is speed derived if one were able to travel constantly at the expressed as the average number of persons per traffic lane various posted (zoned) speed limits on the roads surveyed. per hour. The indicator is derived from a survey of car and The latter indicator represents the average speed derived by bus occupancies at 14 locations along the same routes used travelling at the actual prevailing speeds on those same for the Actual Travel Speed (Urban) surveys. routes. Lane Occupancy Rate (LOR) These indicators are based upon a representative mix of (Persons per lane per hour) inter-regional routes with varying terrain types, presence of AM Peak PM Peak Off Peak All day towns and levels of overtaking opportunity. It should be noted that a more rigorous approach than previously 1996-97 759 802 499 627 adopted was taken in 2001-02 in deriving these indicators, and this approach will be maintained when the next survey 1997-98 776 723 457 580 is conducted in 2004-05. Consequently, care should be 1998-99 783 770 500 599 taken in comparing future figures with those derived prior to 1999-00 764 779 526 614 2001-02. 2000-01 760 794 536 622

The generally flat or undulating terrain and low traffic 2001-02 782 813 576 655 volumes on many interregional routes in South Australia are 2002-03 765 797 539 624 reflected in the results, with relatively little difference between the nominal and actual average travel speed. 2003-04 783 788 529 620

1998- 1999- 2000- 2001- 2002- 2003- Car Occupancy 99 2000 01 02 03 04 The car occupancy indicator represents the average number

Nominal of persons per car travelling on the metropolitan Adelaide Travel arterial road network. This indicator is derived from the Speed 109.1 103.4 103.4 107.4 107.4 107.4 same car occupancy surveys as used to generate the lane (Rural) Km/h Occupancy Rate (Persons).

Actual Car Occupancy Rate (COR) (Persons per car) Travel Speed 101.1 95.2 N/A 105.5 105.5 105.5 (Rural) AM Peak PM Peak Off Peak All day Km/h 1996-97 1.22 1.30 1.27 1.28

1997-98 1.25 1.25 1.23 1.24

1998-99 1.20 1.25 1.25 1.24

1999-00 1.19 1.24 1.26 1.24

2000-01 1.21 1.25 1.29 1.27

2001-02 1.20 1.26 1.28 1.26

2002-03 1.22 1.23 1.26 1.24

2003-04 1.23 1.27 1.27 1.26

32 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Community Education and Information Community education and information programs are an Construction work for the Eastern Parade overpass, one of increasingly important way to achieve safety, environmental three overpasses being built for the Expressway, is well and accessibility outcomes for the transport system. In advanced with the majority of beams in place. The recognition of this, a new section, the Community overpass will span 270 metres over the major freight rail Education and Information Section, was created in line, where considerable delays for traffic are experienced December 2003, based at the Norwood Office. due to trains queuing across the intersection. Tenders were called for Stages 2 and 3, the Road and Rail Existing programs, which focus on influencing behaviour Bridges, in April 2004. The road and rail Bridges will be through education and information provision and are of a delivered through a design-construct-maintain-operate non-regulatory and non-infrastructure nature, have been contract. brought together. These include Safe Routes to School, TravelSmart, Road Safety Education and Awareness Road Safety Initiatives campaigns, Bike Ed, Driver Intervention Program and the Community Road Safety Program. Work is underway identifying the synergies between these programs and the In line with the Government’s commitment to improving efficiencies that can be gained through better integration road safety, a range of safety initiatives and programs were and coordination. In particular, focus is being given to undertaken. These included an Advanced Traffic better understanding the community’s needs and Management System incorporating an incident advisory coordinating engagement strategies that will enhance the system on the Adelaide to Crafers Highway; the purchase quality of the programs delivered, and improve the of five speed feedback and two variable message speed community perceptions and the outcomes achieved. feedback trailers to provide real-time feedback to drivers of the speed they are traveling; the installation of rumble strips (designed to warn drivers of an approaching junction or MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 intersection) across the rural road network; a program of safety improvements along the Mt Barker to Strathalbyn Port River Expressway road which included sealing shoulders and eliminating or The government’s investment in the Port River Expressway protecting road side hazards. In addition, rest areas along project acknowledges that the Port of Adelaide is an the Lincoln and Mallee Highways were upgraded and 19 important trade gateway for South Australia, especially for safety initiatives identified by the community were exports. This has been evident in the following addressed. A program of assessing and upgrading priority announcements and approvals in 2003-2004: rail level crossings commenced and two locations have been completed and the third has achieved significant • State budget allocations to all stages. progress. • Decision in October 2003 to include overpasses on South Road and Hanson Road junctions in place of at DTUP also was instrumental in implementing Stage I of the grade intersections. Road Safety Reform Package in conjunction with SAPOL • Legislation to enable Stages 2 and 3 to proceed. and the Courts Administrative Authority which included demerit points for speeding and red light camera offences. • The release of the Invitation to Tender documents for the Road and Rail Bridges (Stages 2 and 3) in April 2004. • June 2004 Federal Government announcements regarding the AusLink program, funding of the Port River Expressway Road and Rail Bridges and the LeFevre Peninsula Transport Corridor.

Largely hidden from view, Stage 1 of the Port River Expressway has taken shape behind the landfills, recycling depots and container terminals. Stage 1 extends from South Road in the east to Eastern Parade in the west and is parallel to Grand Junction Road. Reinforced earth walls for the South Road overpass are nearly complete and excavation for footings on the Hanson Road overpass has commenced. 33 KEY RESULTS FOR 2003-04 Commercial Road (Moana – Port Noarlunga) Significant progress was made on the Commercial Road State Black Spot Program project, between Weatherald Terrace and Babbacombe In 2003-04, 27 projects were undertaken by Transport SA Drive. The upgrade is aimed at improving road safety in the including work on four rail level crossing projects. Of the 27 area and traffic efficiency. The Weatherald to Penzance projects, two rail level crossing projects and three road Street section now features a two-lane carriageway with projects will be completed in 2004-05. marked bicycle lanes, a raised central median, on-street parking, new drainage, pavement and lighting. Two new roundabouts also have been constructed at the Weatherald Road Safety Audit Response Program Terrace intersection and Penzance Street junction. In 2003-04, $1.09 million was invested on road safety Landscaping work involves the planting of over 2000 trees, improvement works, continuing the program of responding shrubs and aquatic plants at various locations along to and addressing safety issues identified by road safety Commercial Road. audits. Pedestrian Safety Programs Portrush Road The Safe Routes to School program expanded to an The Portrush Road upgrade, between Greenhill Road and additional 24 primary schools, taking the total schools Magill Road continued, with the completion of Stage 2, participating to 98. between Magill Road and The Parade, and Stage 3, between The Parade and Kensington Road. The The Walk with Care program expanded to an additional Parade/Portrush Road intersection has been reconstructed three areas in the City of West Torrens and one area in the and now includes sheltered right turn lanes into The City of Holdfast Bay, and one area in the City of Prospect. Parade. Installation of new drainage systems and undergrounding of services commenced on Stage 1A between Kensington Road and Stannington Avenue. Road Safety Education in Schools Landscaping along the project is continuing with the Road Ready, the teaching resource for primary schools, planting of trees and groundcover occurring between The was updated to current teaching frameworks. Parade and Kensington Road. Development work on a secondary school teaching resource for years eight and nine, Your Turn, was Overtaking Lanes undertaken. Work on the State’s Rural Overtaking Lane Program continued. Four overtaking lanes were completed and a Road Safety Communication Campaigns further four lanes commenced. On the National Highways, During 2003–04 Transport Services continued to deliver work on a further five overtaking lanes was completed on mass media and information campaigns in support of and the Sturt Highway, bringing the number completed to ten, aligned with the South Australian Road Safety and work commenced on a further two overtaking lanes. [Enforcement] Calendar produced by the South Australia Four lanes were completed on the Port Augusta-Port Police. This involved the introduction of new advertising Wakefield Road bringing the total operational lanes to 28. campaigns addressing regulatory and enforcement changes Design and environmental clearance work commenced on in relation to drink driving and speed. the final two lanes as part of the program. TV Campaigns included: • Drink driving (Booze Bus and Fill It Up). City-West Connector Works commenced on the construction of the City-West • Speed (Caught By Technology). Connector, between South Road and James Congdon Drive • Seatbelt/restraint use (Watermelon). at Mile End.

Community Road Safety TravelSmart Community Road Safety Groups are incorporated bodies, The TravelSmart Local Government Grant Program, which with voluntary members. About 350 volunteers are includes eight councils, has continued with project officers involved. In line with the South Australian Road Safety engaged to deliver a range of projects focusing on Strategy, they provide the opportunity for local residents to community development and travel behaviour change. assist in projects and improve road safety in their communities. In addition, the groups promote road safety as a community responsibility. 34 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Transport Services supports the groups from an Fees collected from commercial railways totalled $378 046. administrative perspective and by the provision of A comprehensive incident database developed in SA and sponsorship for approved road safety projects. Since 29 of used nationally (and in New Zealand (NZ)) provides incident the 30 groups are based in rural areas, country-specific data to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau for national areas of concern are highlighted. action. It is also used in South Australia to monitor safety performance. In 2003-04 there were a total of 2708 A significant project example is the Motor Cycle Road incidents notified to the agency. Safety Strategy for the Adelaide Hills, developed by the Adelaide Hills Community Road Safety Group. In addition, as Nationally, the National Transport Commission is undertaking the safe use of gophers is emerging as a Statewide area of a number of projects examining safety and efficiency in rail concern, a number of Community Road Safety Groups have operations and to ensure national consistency for operators. facilitated training on a local level. Three more groups were These include driver health and fatigue reviews, instigated. accreditation processes and fee calculation and collection. South Australia has an active role in the development of State Level Crossing Committee national rail safety initiatives. The State Level Crossing Strategy Advisory Committee, established by the Minister for Transport in January 2003 Rail Operations and Access and chaired by the Executive Director, Transport Services, The Railway (Operations and Access) Act 1997 establishes continued to oversee the State Government's commitment pricing principles, rules for negotiation of access and to improving level crossing safety. The committee provides procedures for arbitration of access disputes. In March high level expertise and advice to the government and 2004 the role of regulator under the Act was transferred to approves a program prioritising high risk crossings for safety the Essential Services Commission of South Australia in improvement works funded through the State black spot keeping with the good regulatory principles of separating program. technical and safety regulation from economic regulation. The gas and electricity industries and ports in South Supported by a small full-time Level Crossing Unit, the Australia already employ this model. The rail access regime committee's key outcomes for 2003-04 included: has been demonstrated to be effective and fair to both track owners and access seekers. All commercial information • Continuation of a program to conduct risk assessments required, including office holders of accredited of all public road and pedestrian level crossings in the organisations, quantity of track owned, managed and used, State, with 294 crossing and 90 pedestrian crossings locations of track and gauge and significant changes to being assessed. A total of 1315 public road crossings railway services has been presented to the agency in six have been identified in the State. monthly reports, and will now be provided to the Essential • Major infrastructure and project work for safety Services Commission. For the period 1 July 2003 to 1 improvements at three crossings identified for March 2004 there were no disputes that the regulator was treatment in 2003-04, of which two locations were required to monitor or intervene. completed and the third achieved significant progress with development of a long-term traffic management Safe-T-Cam option in consultation with the affected stakeholders. Safe-T-Cam is an initiative of the agency in partnership with • Identification and initiation of safety improvements at a the New South Wales Road Traffic Authority (RTA) to record, number of locations on State arterial roads and local verify and store information on heavy vehicle movements government roads throughout the State. within South Australia, including vehicles travelling to or from New South Wales (NSW). • Assistance for councils and rail operators regarding level crossing safety and management issues. The system will include a network of 11 camera sites across the State, software technology to enable analysis of Rail Operations and Safety information gathered, and remote access to data from the In 2003-04 there were 45 accredited railway operators in system by transport compliance officers. Installation at all SA, and all operational railways underwent an annual rail Safe-T-Cam sites will be completed during 2004-05. safety compliance audit. This included 10 heritage railways, such as SteamRanger and Pichi Richi. There are two main operational areas - local suburban passenger rail, through TransAdelaide, and freight operations both intra and interstate. There were two new accreditations issued, two new accreditations pending, and five accreditations varied. 35 Inspection Facility - Mount Gambier channels of delivery (over the counter and telephone) to the In order to address the growing demand for vehicle electronic system. roadworthiness inspection services in regional locations throughout SA, the agency recently completed the building The Elizabeth and Prospect Customer Service Centres were of a state-of-the-art vehicle inspection facility, located in relocated within the existing Shopping Centres in which Mount Gambier. The facility has the capability to inspect they are based. The Port Augusta Customer Service Centre heavy vehicles, such as buses and trucks as well as light was moved to the Service SA Department of Administrative vehicles, such as cars and motorbikes. and Information Services.

It is expected that similar vehicle inspection facilities will be TRUMPS built in other regional areas of South Australia. Development of a new computer system to replace existing regulatory management systems commenced. Change to Inspection of Vehicles The new system called TRUMPS (Transport Regulation User Management Processing System) will replace existing The agency implemented an interim arrangement whereby systems such as DRIVERS, VSR and PERMITS and will it will accept from accredited dealerships their certification eventually replace the RBS (Recreational Boating System). to government, that "new" vehicles inspected by them The system is based on the Western Australian TRELIS conform to Australian Design Rules (ADR) and that this will (Transport Registration Enquiry and Licensing System) and discontinue the need for the presentation of those vehicles will lead to greater capacity to jointly collaborate with at a government operated inspection facility in South Western Australia in further system developments. Australia. During 2004-05 this arrangement may be extended to Strengthening of Willaston Bridge include additional categories of new Restricted Access Vehicles, not currently included in this program. The Willaston Bridge at Gawler which was built during 1890 using riveted wrought iron plate girders, was found to be under strength for Mass Limits Review vehicles. National Heavy Vehicle Accreditation Scheme From 30 June 2004 the Truck Safe scheme ceased to be recognised by all State jurisdictions. Members of the An innovative solution was used using composite action scheme, who enjoyed a number of concessions including between the girder and concrete deck. The bridge was the exception from yearly inspection, had from 1 November load tested and in conjunction with laboratory tests from 2003 to move to the National Heavy Vehicle Accreditation the University of Adelaide was upgraded using the existing Scheme. Eighty five transport operators with a total of over rivets and clamping the deck to the girders with steel 3500 vehicles moved to the national scheme. Members of brackets. the National Heavy Vehicle Accreditation Scheme will ensure that State jurisdictions are better positioned to A conventional solution would have been costly and time monitor the compliance of the transport operators to the consuming with major disruption to traffic. The procedure requirements of the national scheme. saved time and money with no disruption to traffic.

Written-Off Vehicle Register Cathodic Protection of Jervois Bridge South Australia was one of the first to have a Written-Off The Jervois Bridge, constructed in 1969, provides a vital link Vehicle Register in place. During the year Transport over the Port River, road and rail at Port Adelaide. The five Services made a significant contribution to the development slender river piers were deteriorating due to corrosion of of a set of national agreed best practice principles that are the reinforcement. ARRB Transport Research reported on being progressively introduced in all States and Territories. the condition of the piers and recommended that a A national and consistent approach towards combating the Cathodic Protection (CP) system be installed to halt the re-birthing of stolen vehicles will reduce the risk of corrosion and maximise the life of the structure. professional thieves selling disguised stolen vehicles to unsuspecting buyers. The CP system is the first one used by Transport SA to protect a reinforced concrete structure and is monitored Customer Service Delivery remotely through the telephone network. The year 2003-04 was the first full year of operation of the EzyReg facility. It provides electronic access, via the internet, to 25 vehicle registration related transactions. The implementation of this service in June 2003 saw a shift of 36 13 per cent of financial transactions away from traditional DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Environmental Management National Black Spot Program Transport SA has undertaken a review and benchmarking of The National Black Spot Program is a safety initiative of the the agency Environmental Management System (EMS). The Federal Government, aimed at addressing hazardous EMS assists the agency to manage the impacts of its locations throughout the State. As part of the 2004-05 activities and meet legislative requirements. Further program, Transport Services will commence work on 17 development of the management system including new projects with a value of $2.37 million. preparation of an Environmental Management Systems Manual is being undertaken. Mass Action Focussed on addressing a series of safety issues on a A Weed Management Plan and Weed Identification Guide single stretch of road, in 2004-05 $1 million will be spent on for the Metropolitan Region also was completed. Weed the Blackwood to Goolwa Road. Management Plans have now been prepared for all of the regions. Weed and plant disease control is integrated into Responsive Road Safety construction and maintenance contracts. Aimed at addressing safety issues, 20 projects will be undertaken in 2004-05 including scoping works on projects Marine Facilities to be undertaken in future years. Upon advice of the South Australian Boating Facility Advisory Committee, the Minister for Transport allocated Port River Expressway funding from the Boating Levy Funds for: Construction is expected to commence on Stages 2 and 3, • The development of an all weather / all tidal boat the Road and Rail Bridges, in 2005 for completion by late launching facility at Port Broughton featuring a three 2006. lane boat ramp and pontoon landings.

• Upgrading of the Mundoo Channel ramp to allow safe Stage 1 of the Port River Expressway project is due for and convenient access to the Coorong area and completion in mid 2005. improved car and trailer parking facilities. • Enhancements to the boat launching facility at Lake Infrastructure Projects Butler, Robe and Donovans Landing on the Glenelg Expected works for 2004-2005 include: River. • Awarding a contract and commence design and construction work on the Mawson Transport Hub. Long-term Plant Requirements • Awarding a contract and undertake design and The government allocated capital of $29.0 million in the manufacture of the first new River Murray ferry to 2003-04 budget for the purchase of core plant used in replace the old timber ferries. maintaining transport infrastructure. This will result in significant annual savings in the form of forgone plant hire • Completing major works on Portrush Road and City costs. Above 80 per cent of the budget (in contracts) has West Connector. been allocated with the majority of contracts to be • Undertaking significant upgrade works on Black Road, completed in the first half of 2004-05. Flagstaff Hill. • Commencing planning and community engagement THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 work on new key initiatives such as the Bakewell Bridge replacement, the Britannia intersection upgrade State Black Spot Program and the upgrade of South Road, between Grange Road The State Black Spot Program is focused on rectifying and Torrens Road. hazardous locations throughout South Australia. Work will • Targeting 247 sites for upgrade to LEDs. commence on 11 new rail level crossing projects and 11 new road projects. In addition, works will be completed on • Continue the upgrade of Commercial Road. two rail projects and three road projects which commenced in 2003-04. In total, 27 projects, with a value of $5.032 million (with an additional $1.468 million allocated to local councils) have been approved to be undertaken by Transport Services in 2004-05.

37

DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report REPORTS FROM THE REGISTRAR OF MOTOR VEHICLES

Vehicles on the Register as at 30 June Percent Vehicles by type 2004 2003 Change

Sedans 684 702 679 265 0.80

Station Wagons 182 521 176 393 3.47

Utilities 90 706 86 009 5.46

Panel Vans 19 650 21 393 -8.15

Trucks 35 550 35 489 0.17

Prime Movers 6 193 6 256 -1.01

Other Commercial 23 038 22 164 3.94

Buses 3 583 3 583 0.00

Tractors 34 155 33 913 0.71

Motor cycles 26 320 25 877 1.71

Caravans 35 977 35 154 2.34

Trailers 176 682 186 489 -5.26

Other 58 865 56 079 4.97

TOTAL 1 377 942 1 368 064 0.72

Drivers’ licences on the Register as at 30 June

Licences by Percent 2004 2003 type Change

C 886 813 875 153 1.33

LR 13 938 12 446 11.99

MR 36 084 35 108 2.78

HR 62 163 63 145 -1.56

HC 42 182 42 290 -0.26

MC 6 484 6 152 5.40

R 146 045 144 286 1.22

R(Date) 12 022 12 068 -0.38

TOTAL 1 205 731 1 190 648 1.27

The number of licence holders at 30 June 2004 was 1 050 705* (* The licence holders will not be the sum of the individual classes. For example, a single class CR would be counted in both C and R classes).

The number of licence holders with demerit points recorded as at 30 June 2004 was 218 570 (compared with 161 928 last year).

39 ACCIDENT TOWING AND INVESTIGATIONS Revenue During the year, the Accident Towing Roster Scheme 2003-04 2002-03 provided for the safe and orderly removal of 11 155 $m $m accident damaged vehicles from accident scenes Registration charges 209.16 199.11 (compared with 11 945 last year) within the Declared Area (greater metropolitan Adelaide). Driver’s licence fees 21.15 45.58

Sundries and commissions 14.94 13.69 VEHICLES SECURITIES REGISTER Special plates 2.97 2.67 The Vehicles Securities Register (VSR) provides a means of identifying motor vehicles that are the subject of financial TOTAL 248.22 261.05 interests as defined under the Goods Securities Act, 1986. A fee is charged for each interest registered and for each certificate issued to prospective purchasers of motor Receipts of $5.83 million (compared with $5.37 million last vehicles. year) resulting from the registration of motor vehicles under the Interstate Road Transport Act, 1985 were forwarded to In accordance with section 15(c) of the Act, the following the Commonwealth Department of Surface Transport information is provided for the period 1 July 2003 to 30 Regulation and Reform Regional Services. June 2004: (a) The total net amount credited to the Highways Fund was $938 000. Revenue collected on behalf of Agencies 2002-04

2003-04 2002-03 (b) The cost to administer the provisions of the Goods $m $m Securities Act during this period was $693 000. Stamp duty 192.86 179.91

Third party insurance 388.53 348.52 (c) No fees were paid to other jurisdictions for the Boat registration fees 3.72 3.58 exchange of vehicle securities data.

Passenger Transport Board 1.12 1.1 (d) There was no compensation payment made during the Firearms 2.09 1.84 12-month period ending 30 June 2004 as a result of an Expiations 9.57 8.8 order of the court. (There have been no finalised claims for VSR this financial year. However, there is a pending Federal registrations 5.83 5.37 claim against the agency for approximately $10 000). Emergency services levy 26.68 26.3

Courts Administration Authority 0.67 0.77 (e) At 30 June 2004, the balance of funds credited to the Highways Fund was $4.644 million. TOTAL 631.07 576.19

40 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

RIGHTS OF REVIEW AND APPEAL Section 98z of the Motor Vehicles Act, titled "Rights of Review and Appeal", enables a person aggrieved by certain decisions of the Registrar of Motor Vehicles to apply for an internal review of the decision. If a person is dissatisfied with the outcome of a review, Section 98za provides the person with a right of appeal to the District Court.

Internal reviews under s98z of the Motor Vehicles Act

2003-2004 2002-2003

Total number received 64 57

Confi rmed 59 43

Varied 1 4

Set aside 3 2

Applicants not eligible to 18 seek review

There were no appeals to the District Court under Section 98za of the Motor Vehicles Act.

41 BRONWYN HALLIDAY Executive Director Planning SA

42 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report PLANNING SA

INTRODUCTION OPERATIONS Planning SA is the State Government’s principal advisory Planning SA consists of approximately 150 people from a body on land use planning, building, urban design and range of professional disciplines. It has an operating budget development strategies and policies. The Agency’s vision is of approximately $25 million, including management of the to be recognised for enhancing the quality of life for all Planning and Development Fund. South Australians by promoting well-designed built form and sustainable land use. The Agency works in partnership across government, with key stakeholders, local government and the community to FUNCTIONS OF THE AGENCY implement strategic planning and urban development for the Planning SA’s role is to provide direction, advice, assistance State. It also provides advice to proponents of major and information on a range of development proposals, development proposals and provides advice to the Minister opportunities and issues. Planning SA prepares policy for Urban Development and Planning. It undertakes advice for the Minister for Urban Development and Planning legislative and procedural initiatives in response to in respect to land use planning. The Agency: government decisions. • Provides strategic direction for achieving quality land use and built development outcomes for South Australia. There are four areas of operation within the Agency: • Develops and uses innovative and sustainable based planning and development assessment policies and Strategy and Projects Division practices. • Urban and Regional Strategic Planning – prepares and • Supports sound decision-making by coordinating and monitors the performance of the State Planning providing leading-edge information products and Strategy, and undertakes whole-of-government strategic services. planning initiatives. • Enhances understanding and awareness of the planning • Urban and Regional Projects – prepares and promotes and development system by providing information and best practice strategic management and design policies advice to customers, stakeholders, decision-makers and for urban regeneration, urban design and open space the community. systems.

OBJECTIVES OF THE AGENCY Urban Development and Social Policy Division Planning SA has identified the following key objectives: • Develops the Metropolitan Development Plan to guide • Improve economic development, social justice and the development industry, Local Government and State environmental management in South Australia. Government agencies on the preferred location of future development. • Strengthen the Planning Strategy and elevate it to a central role in South Australia. • Undertakes a cross-government urban coordination role by drawing various stakeholders together with regard to • Create a city that is equitable, inclusive and physical and social infrastructure in developing areas. environmentally sustainable. • Examines social policy issues relating to urban • Protect natural, cultural and built environments. development. • Enhance the State’s regional open spaces. • Encourage development in the State’s regional areas. • Properly manage the State’s natural resources. • Improve the coordination of physical development outcomes across government. • Review and improve the State’s Planning and Development Assessment System.

43 Policy and Assessment Division MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 • Planning Policy – formulates and implements Construction of Stage 1 of the North Terrace development policy, processing council-initiated Plan Redevelopment Amendment Reports, inter-agency policy coordination and legislative amendments and improvements. The State Government and the Adelaide City Council are • Development Assessment – assesses the impact of jointly funding the North Terrace Redevelopment, which will specified developments against development plans, support increased economic, social and cultural activity in makes recommendations to the Development the heart of the City’s ‘cultural boulevard’. The project Assessment Commission on major or complex commenced on site in May 2003. Works on the north side development proposals and is responsible for the of the Terrace were given priority and are nearing management of the major development and projects completion. Works on the south side have started, with assessment process. underground services and kerb relocation substantially complete. • Building Policy – establishes and reviews development legislation, the Building Code of Australia and the SA Housing Code, and provides building rules assessment Coast Park for the Development Assessment Commission for out The Coast Park project was developed as a partnership of Council areas. between the State Government, local councils and key stakeholder groups to link the many special places of interest along the metropolitan coastline and provide a Business and Information Services Division publicly accessible ‘linear park’. In 2003-04 over $2 million • Spatial Planning Analysis and Research – provides in additional funding was committed for staged works along planning analysis and research essential to urban and the coast as part of the program, including: regional planning, State development and management • Semaphore Foreshore (City of Port Adelaide Enfield). of urban systems. It also provides across-government planning and socio-economic data. • Coastal Vegetation Survey (City of Charles Sturt). • Planning Services – coordinates and provides • Adelaide Shores Coastal Revegetation (City of West administrative support for the lodgement, processing Torrens). and preliminary assessment of development • Glenelg North Foreshore (City of Holdfast Bay). applications. • Marion Walking Trail (City of Marion). • On-line Services – provides software application development and maintenance support for on-line • Christies Beach Foreshore (City of Onkaparinga). planning as well as cartographic, design and publishing services. The Adelaide Shores section of Coast Park was completed, including the first stage of revegetation of the dune system in October 2003.

44 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Hills Face Zone Review KEY RESULTS FOR 2003–04 The Hills Face Zone Review Committee forwarded its recommendations on the future planning policy framework Establishment of the Urban Development and Social and the management of the Hills Face Zone to the Minister Policy Division for Urban Development and Planning in November 2003. The Urban Development and Social Policy Division was The review was established in response to wide created to act as the coordination point for the provision of community concerns about the quality of development and services and infrastructure required for new development in decision making in the zone. The government South Australia in which the government has no equity. subsequently released the review’s recommendations and The Division will respond to the need and associated endorsed an implementation strategy for the future challenges for better coordination and policy determination management of the Hills Face Zone. The implementation within government, such as meeting the shortfall in the strategy provides a basis for the future sustainable supply of affordable housing, and a clearer position on the management of the Hills Face Zone through improvements level and nature of social and physical infrastructure to be to land use planning, administration and management provided for residential and industrial development. This is practices. The strategy sets out actions for: to ensure a program for implementation which reflects the • A more cooperative planning and operating arrangement needs of the community over time, in conjunction with local across the Hills Face Zone involving various government and other community stakeholders. The government agencies, the Hills Face Zone Councils Division’s role also will include the coordination of urban and, where appropriate, land owners and other development in growth areas. This will involve encouraging stakeholders. local government to develop the necessary structures to adapt to the changing requirements for infrastructure and • Improvements to the legislative and policy environment, services as well as facilitate the level of commitment including amendments to development plan policy and required by participating agencies. improvements to the assessment process. Metropolitan Development Program In order to address the potential for inappropriate The residential Metropolitan Development Program (MDP) development in the Zone an interim policy Plan Amendment is a program that facilitates the management and future Report (PAR) was released on 27 February 2004. This PAR pattern of urban development and provides for an annual addresses immediate concerns regarding residential and review over a rolling five-year period. The information has horticulture development in the zone and puts in place been derived by monitoring development trends and by temporary measures until detailed policies are prepared. integrating information made available by councils, developers, and infrastructure providers. The program is Better Development Plan reviewed annually in order to better address and respond During 2003-04, the Better Development Plan (BDP) project effectively to changes in economic conditions, population was reviewed and refined to provide a clear way forward. growth rates, interest rate fluctuations and any other The project subsequently moved from the ‘development factors likely to affect demand for housing. The outcome is phase’ to the ‘pilot’ phase. This second phase has enabled the formation of a framework that proposes a systematic Planning SA to test BDP concepts with participating approach to land development in six geographical sectors. councils and to receive feedback that is further refining the This information is important to State and Local project. A critical aspect of the project is the digital Government, the land development industry and particularly management and electronic work-flow services. infrastructure providers to better forecast and accommodate population growth, housing demand, land availability and provision of infrastructure (including transport) and public services.

45 Participation in the Strategic Outcomes of Cross- Places for People Program Government Initiatives A number of projects funded by the Places for People Planning SA contributed to and influenced the strategic Program were commenced or completed. The program outcomes of a range of cross agency initiatives and forums committed $1.04 million to 24 urban improvement projects by: through two further rounds. As in previous years the grants were made to councils for strategic design • Providing urban coordination expertise and advice to the frameworks, and the detailed design and construction of North-West Project by providing analysis and key public spaces. presentation of urban development options for the transport corridor. Among projects commenced were: • Providing advice on infrastructure requirements and costings where available including sewer, water, gas • Burra Market Square Master Plan. and human services for the integrated greenfields • Gum Tree Plaza, Gawler Capital Works. redevelopment project. This advice assisted the planning and coordination of a whole of government • Freeling Urban Design Framework. approach to the regeneration of the Peachey Belt to be • North Terrace, Bordertown. included in a submission for Cabinet consideration.

• Working in collaboration with the Department of Trade Completed projects included: and Economic Development (DTED) to develop the Industrial Land Strategy by providing an update of the • Mosley Square Concept Design Development. Industrial Land Database, planning policy framework • Henley and Grange Squares Development Framework. and implications of land use changes and site-specific issues. • Roxby Downs Cultural Precinct Design Development and Capital Works. • Providing guidance and policy advice to the working group developing the Integrated Transport and Land • Salisbury Town Square Capital Works. Use Strategy. • Recommending the best future use of land declared South Australian Urban Design Charter surplus to requirements giving consideration to policy The South Australian Urban Design Charter was completed direction, assessing land use and potential, community and approved by Cabinet. The Charter commits needs, social and physical infrastructure requirements, government agencies to the principles of good urban economic development factors and provision for open design and to the development of a plan to indicate how space to ensure a more coordinated cross-government they will work towards integrating these principles into their response to the management and disposal of surplus particular business. land. • Providing planning policy advice to the Catchment One Million Trees Program Management Subsidy Scheme Advisory Committee on Stage one of the One Million Trees Program was proposals by local government for the management of implemented in conjunction with the Urban Forest stormwater and flood risk. Biodiversity Program, Department of Environment and • Assisting the Office of the North and the Office of Heritage. The One Million Trees Program is a major Infrastructure Development (OFID) to establish the investment in the future of the metropolitan area and will priorities for infrastructure in the Northern Adelaide see the amenity of open spaces enhanced with local native Area for the development of the State Infrastructure plants. This project includes the planting of understorey Plan. bushes, ground covers and grasses that will ensure that the natural heritage of the Adelaide Plains is both conserved • Assisting in the preparation of the State Housing Plan, and reinstated. providing expert advice on the planning mechanisms that could be employed, particularly in respect to the delivery of affordable housing by the private sector.

46 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Parklands 2036 Major Statewide Policy Reviews The Parklands 2036 vision was approved in August 2003 Several major policy reviews were initiated resulting and will establish clear directions for the future in specific policy responses including: development and preservation of Adelaide’s metropolitan open space for the next 33 years. Parklands 2036 will • Premier’s Bushfire Summit. provide the strategy to implement the Metropolitan Open • Environment, Resources and Development Space System (MOSS), which is a network of parks and Committee’s review on wind farms. open space throughout Adelaide. • Strategic Coastal Development Review.

Regional Open Space Enhancement Subsidy (ROSES) Program Policy responses to all of these reviews are significant components of the findings. Planning SA has identified the More than $2.5 million in grant funding to local government key tasks for each and is currently progressing these. was allocated through Regional Open Space and Enhancement Subsidy Program, including over $650 000 to the City of Onkaparinga for open space development in the Electronic Enhancement and Lodgement of Planning southern suburbs and $430 000 to Port Augusta City Amendment Reports (EELPAR) Council for foreshore open space development. Planning SA seeks to implement a system to deliver the benefits of the State’s Better Development Plan (BDP) Assessment of Development Applications program data, and to improve community access to the State’s development plans. In 2003-04, Planning SA The Department has a significant role in the assessment of progressed planning and processes to facilitate the delivery development applications that are the responsibility of the of the system, with the delivery of a business case, Minister for Urban Development and Planning, or the preparation of high level specifications, and the issuing of a Development Assessment Commission. During the year Request for Proposal. the highlights included supporting the Governor’s approval of a number of major developments, including the Sellicks/Myponga wind farm, the Holdfast Shores Residential/Recreation project, the Hindmarsh Square "sustainable" apartment building and the Jeffries Buckland Park composting operation. The Department also supported the Development Assessment Commission in its assessment of 5719 development applications.

New Draft Strategy Volumes for Metropolitan Adelaide and the Inner Region The Planning Strategy for South Australia presents the State Government’s policy for the physical development of the State. In particular, it aims to guide and coordinate the State Government activities that influence the development of South Australia.

It has been 10 years since the Planning Review produced the first draft Planning Strategy for Metropolitan Adelaide, and while the underpinning of the Planning Strategy is still considered solid, much has changed at a global level. Planning SA worked with a number of key State Government agencies and organisations to create a revised Planning Strategy to guide future development in Metropolitan Adelaide, and a new draft for the Inner Region.

47 THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 Develop Policy on Neighbourhood Character Data collection from market research, community Annual review of the Residential Metropolitan consultation and the analysis of present Development Plan Development Plan (MDP) policies will underpin frameworks for enhanced analysis and The residential MDP is a rolling five-year program, which assessment of neighbourhood character. Better policy will be updated annually to take into account any changes guidance on the issue of character, as distinct from in demand arising from demographic dynamics, changes in heritage, will enable the drafting of more place-based the economy or redirection of government policy. The desired character statements. This will clarify for users of MDP will be widely distributed for consultation with local Development Plans the nature of development likely industry groups, local government, State Government to be favoured as contextual infilling of residential areas. agencies and utilities to ensure that each annual review The resulting policy guidance will be promulgated to incorporates the varying inputs from these interests. councils through the Better Development Plans initiative.

Industrial Land Development Program One Million Trees Program The objective of the Industrial Land Development Program Contribute to Stage 2 of the One Million Trees Program and is to secure the ongoing ability to provide land and expand the program to 3 million by 2014 in conjunction supporting infrastructure to meet the future industrial needs with the Urban Forest Biodiversity Program in the of metropolitan Adelaide. The plan is envisaged to be Department of Environment and Heritage. released during the financial year and will cover a five and ten year period. Given the longer-term strategic focus of Coast Park the program it is anticipated that the data and emerging Continue implementation of the Coast Park initiative to trends underpinning it will only need to be reviewed develop a coastal linear park along the metropolitan biannually. The program is being developed as the key foreshore from Outer Harbor to Sellicks Beach. Projects to process for: be undertaken in 2004-05 include: • Maintaining an adequate supply of industrial land. • Completing the Marion Coastal Walking Trail. • Linking land-use and infrastructure planning. • Constructing Stage 1 of the Semaphore South • Triggering early action to address potential land supply foreshore redevelopment. shortfalls and infrastructure constraints. • Completing the Christies Beach Coast Park Recreation/Lifesaving Hub. Affordable Housing • Planting 50 000 trees as part of the Adelaide Shores Work has been undertaken to develop, assess and propose Revegetation Program. a range of planning mechanisms to facilitate the supply of • Constructing a recreation path linking between the affordable housing development by the public sector. A River Torrens Linear Park and Coast Park. strategic approach will be taken to address quality land use and built environment outcomes for the State.

Places for People Program Complete the first phase of the Places for People funding program and investigate a second Phase.

Progress the Implementation of the South Australia Urban Design Charter Consult with those Government agencies whose operations significantly impact on the built environment to identify ways in which they can address the principles of the Charter and assist them in meeting Charter reporting requirements.

48 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Waterfront Land at Port Adelaide The government is proposing substantial redevelopment of disused and under-utilised waterfront land at Port Adelaide. An agreement has been reached with a major developer for the establishment of a range of residential and tourism projects. A specialist assessment panel, as a committee of the Development Assessment Commission, has been established to deal with the assessment of development applications.

Better Development Plan A continued focus will be placed on the Better Development Plan project with a decision on whether to progress to the implementation phase. This will include the commencement of a change management program to facilitate the introduction of better development plans.

Electronic Enhancement and Lodgement of Planning Amendment Reports (EELPAR) In 2004-05, Planning SA proposes to engage a contractor organisation to deliver EELPAR Phase 1. That work is proposed to deliver a system that will support the tracking and change control of the State’s development plans to deliver accountability and efficiencies within the development plan change process, and to provide storage functions for the State’s development plan data.

49 HEATHER WEBSTER Executive Director Office of Public Transport DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report OFFICE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT

INTRODUCTION WHY PASSENGER TRANSPORT IS IMPORTANT TO As part of its election platform, the government committed SOUTH AUSTRALIANS to closely integrate passenger transport into the transport Passenger transport delivers important social, economic portfolio. This resulted in abolishment of the Passenger and environmental outcomes. Passenger transport is safe, Transport Board (PTB) and the creation of the Office of environmentally responsible and economically efficient. Public Transport as an administrative unit of the Department As an average, 160 000 trips are made on Adelaide Metro of Transport and Urban Planning. Services each day. Passenger transport affects most The Bill amending the Passenger Transport Act, 1994 was families, most days. passed in Parliament on 27 November 2003, and the Office People use Adelaide’s public transport system to travel to of Public Transport became operational on 1 January 2004. and from work, school, recreational events, shopping and These arrangements and the necessary delegations have all other trips to meet their social and economic needs. been completed. People in regional South Australia use passenger transport During 2004, two additional changes occurred: services to travel between and within towns, or to and from Adelaide. • The first was the move of the Passenger Transport Standards Committee from the Office of Public Taxi, hire car or other specialty services are also important Transport to Transport Services. This ensured a for those visiting South Australia, without access to a car, or separation between the regulatory and compliance choosing not to use their own car. functions defined under the Passenger Transport Act. SOCIAL BENEFITS OF PASSENGER TRANSPORT • The second was moving the Public Transport Asset Management Group from Transport Services to the Passenger transport is a major contributor to community Office of Public Transport to improve efficiencies in wellbeing. It provides the option of travelling at a managing the contracts with the Adelaide Metro bus competitive cost for those who can afford to choose and, contractors. more importantly, it provides an affordable means of travel for those with limited transport options. Transition arrangements also were undertaken for the Accreditation and Standards Branch to become the Passenger transport ensures that people can move about in responsibility of the Transport Services Agency from 1 July their daily lives, to work, travel for education, and to avoid 2004. social isolation. Passenger transport facilitates social inclusion and helps families remain cohesive, enabling them to undertake essential activities. OBJECTIVES The Office of Public Transport is undertaking a range of The Office of Public Transport’s objective is to provide work that achieves positive social inclusion outcomes, improved passenger transport to meet the social inclusion, including: environmental, efficiency and safety objectives of the government by improving mobility and accessibility to • Improving public transport services in metropolitan enhance the quality of life of all South Australians. Adelaide. • Access Taxi reforms. • Reviewing passenger transport services in the Northern and Southern suburbs. • Implementing policies and services in regional South Australia that deliver community based passenger transport improvements.

The Office of Public Transport brings together all the key functions of good public transport, combining service design, marketing, infrastructure and service planning, in one cohesive organisation as part of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning. Transport Planning is responsible for policy and planning for all transport, across all modes, including road safety, capital investment, public transport investment, freight, asset maintenance planning and environmental policy. The Office of Public Transport determines the provision of 51 services by bus, train, tram, taxi and hire car that most From 1 January 2004, the Passenger Transport Asset efficiently uses the resources available while considering Management Group of Transport SA was amalgamated the transport needs of various sectors of the community with the Office of Public Transport. From 1 July 2004, the from urban commuters to people who maybe isolated and accreditation and enforcement function was transferred to disadvantaged in all parts of the State. Transport Services, Regulatory Services Directorate.

WHAT WE PLAN TO ACHIEVE OPERATIONS • Assist in meeting the State Strategic Plan target to South Australia’s passenger transport system is extensive double the use of all public transport to 10 percent of and responds to many community and individual demands. all weekday travel by 2018. Key characteristics include: • Improve the quality and frequency of public transport to • About 60 million Adelaide metropolitan passenger trips attract patronage, enhance social inclusion and improve per year and about seven million Adelaide taxi trips per the environment. year. • Make better use of current public transport assets. • About 43.5 million revenue kilometres of services per year. • Integrate public transport with urban development to facilitate its use and to enhance urban amenity. • Over 1300 kilometres of Adelaide Metropolitan bus routes; 120 kilometres of train line; 11 kilometres of • Work with other transport agencies to maximise the tram line; 12 kilometres of O-Bahn bus way. use of road space through a focus on movement of people rather than vehicles. • A total of 225 bus routes, six train routes, one tram route and about 7500 bus stops. • Facilitate the introduction of improved and increased services. • A total of 818 buses, 100 trains, 21 trams, 920 taxis and 71 Access Cabs. FUNCTIONS • Over 1000 country buses and 11 community passenger The Office of Public Transport - and formerly the Passenger networks providing about 3200 trips per month. Transport Board - oversees South Australia’s land based passenger transport network. This includes all forms of land transport that carry passengers for reward - including buses, trains, trams, hire cars, taxis and horse-drawn vehicles. In this report, the term ‘public transport’ refers specifically to subsidised regular transport services, generally provided in the Adelaide metropolitan area by buses, trains and trams. Public transport is therefore part of the overall passenger transport system overseen by the Office of Public Transport. To fulfil its role, the Office of Public Transport’s key activities include: • Passenger transport contract management. • Planning passenger transport services. • Maintaining public transport infrastructure. • Accreditation and enforcement of the Passenger Transport Act 1994. • Maintaining passenger transport infrastructure, in conjunction with the Department of Transport and Urban Planning. • Marketing passenger transport. • Developing the passenger transport industry.

52 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

CHANGES TO SPECIFIC LEGISLATION UNDER MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 WHICH OFFICE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN Public Transport Patronage PLANNING OPERATES (ADMINISTERED BY THE Forty per cent of Go Zone users increased their use of MINISTER) public transport services and nine per cent became new Up until 1 January 2004, the Passenger Transport Board users. Regular fare customers grew at two per cent. (PTB) administered the Passenger Transport Act 1994 and Ninety five percent of customers reported they are likely to Regulations. The Act which was proclaimed on 1 July 1994 continue their use of public transport over the next 12 created the PTB, which was responsible for all land-based months. Patronage on the Wandering Star and Footy passenger transport services operating for a ‘fare or other Express Services also grew by eight per cent and 36.8 per consideration’ in South Australia. cent respectively in 2003-04 compared to the previous year. The PTB also administered the Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund and PTB appropriations. Real Time Passenger Information In 2002, the government made a policy commitment to The "SmartStop" Real Time Passenger Information System abolish the PTB. This was achieved through amendments was successfully implemented in 2003-04. It was installed to the Passenger Transport Act 1994, which were passed in along highly patronised routes which service The Parade to Parliament on 27 November 2003. the City, and Henley Beach Road and Seaview Road. The The Passenger Transport Act 1994 was significantly system uses global positioning technology (GPS) and changed, with the Passenger Transport (Dissolution of the computer equipment on 45 buses and in the 33 Smart Stop Passenger Transport Board) Amendment Act 2003, coming signs, coupled with a central system at the Office of Public into effect on 1 January 2004. The amendments provided Transport to receive information from buses and send visual for the dissolution of the PTB, with the responsibility for the and audio information to the signs. This new generation administration of the legislation being assumed by the technology gives passengers real-time information through Minister. computer updated bus stop displays, as well as improving bus services by providing better information to drivers. The In order to assist the Minister, the Office of Public Transport system helps bus drivers run on time, by indicating whether was established and those arrangements came into effect they are on schedule. The implementation of the Smart from 1 January 2004. Stop technology has been very positive, with 81 per cent A related reform was the establishment of a Passenger passenger support. Transport Standards Committee with disciplinary powers under the legislation. NOMADs On Track In association with the reforms to the Act that came into Nomads OnTrack was introduced in December 2003. In a effect on 1 January 2004, the Passenger Transport (General) world first, rail timetables became available on Java- Regulations 1994, Passenger Transport (Regular Passenger equipped mobile phones, allowing users to download and Services; Conduct of Passengers) Regulations 1994 and the store rail timetables on their phone. Rail users can access Passenger Transport (Regular Passenger Services; Fares train and tram timetables using an innovative high tech and Charges) Regulations 1994 were amended to address software system, which enables up-to-date information the changes related to the dissolution of the PTB. about rail running times, providing greater convenience and reliability for patrons.

Improved Facilities at Noarlunga Interchange The Office of Public Transport and TransAdelaide jointly improved passenger amenities at the Noarlunga Centre Interchange. The upgrade included painting, revegetation and landscaping, improved lighting and installation of video surveillance and help phones. Wall murals and art posters produced by Carclew Youth Arts have provided attractive murals above the kiosk and in the concourse and walkway to the bus interchange. This is also a positive linkage with young artists, which reinforces a sense of place and contribution to the urban environment.

53 Old Reynella Bus Interchange Hallett Cove Beach Station The Old Reynella Bus Interchange was built to provide Facilities at the Hallett Cove Beach Station were improved better facilities to passengers in the southern suburbs. The in 2003-04. The funding provided additional amenity, safety new bus interchange has improved the safety and and security to the bus/rail interchange and associated Park amenities for passengers. A 50 space Park and Ride facility and Ride facilities. Security surveillance and improved has been very successful, with the car park already lighting on the platform have been installed adjacent to the approaching capacity. pedestrian ramps, and an expansion of the Park and Ride facilities provided an additional 50 car park spaces. Launch of Zone Cruiser The "Zone Cruiser" was launched on 29 June 2004. It is a Integrated Passenger Services for Regional South test vehicle to assist in the development and refinement of Australia the replacement bus fleet. The vehicle will test various Integrated passenger transport studies were conducted in customer fit-out options and customers will be able to the Riverland, Wakefield/Clare and Gilbert Valley/Goyder, provide feedback on these options. The Zone Cruiser Victor Harbor/Alexandrina and Tatiara Council areas to features improvements in seating, on-board entertainment identify transport needs in those communities. Integrated and security designed especially for long commuter trips. passenger transport services are being implemented in The Office of Public Transport is trialling the new fit-out to areas that have been identified as having the greatest attract new customers to public transport and elevate the transport disadvantaged communities and for which funding perception of public transport in the community. is available.

A demand responsive passenger transport service was KEY RESULTS FOR 2003-04 designed for the township of Gawler and adjoining suburbs.

Successful Promotion of Public Transport Bus Services for Provincial Cities The Office of Public Transport (OPT) continued to promote Tenders were called for regular passenger services for the public transport as a cost effective and environmentally provincial cities of Mt Gambier, Murray Bridge, Port Pirie friendly alternative to the private motor vehicle. The OPT and Whyalla. The successful operators commenced continued the successful provision of public transport providing transport services in the local communities. The information through the Adelaide Metro website, the standard of services was enhanced by: Passenger Transport InfoCentre and InfoLine, and through improved information at InfoBars, on the kerbside and at • More opportunities and incentives for service information displays throughout the State. Adelaide Metro improvements in consultation with community. won two international marketing awards in 2003-04 – the • At least one vehicle is accessible to people with American Public Transport Association’s "AdWheel" Award, disabilities and mobility constraints. and the "Secretary General Award for Outstanding • Periodic service reviews to enable services to be better Achievement in Travel Information" awarded by UITP (the aligned to changing community needs. International Association of Public Transport). • Greater participation by community in ongoing review of One Million Trees Program services through new Transport Management Committees. The Office of Public Transport participated in the Premier’s One Million Trees Program by revegetating the area around Noarlunga Interchange. A public transport corridor Operators are required to consult regularly with the vegetation guide also was produced. This supports the community and report to Office of Public Transport every One Million Trees initiative as part of the Sustainable six months on the nature of these consultations and the Adelaide program. Revegetation will offset carbon dioxide improvements to services, which result from the emissions from the public transport bus fleet and achieve consultation. environmental improvements. The public transport system produces approximately 85 000 tonnes of greenhouse gas Patronage on Regional Route Services emissions (carbon dioxide equivalent) every year. The number of trips provided in regional South Australia by passenger transport services increased by approximately 2.2 per cent in 2003-04 partly due to the impact of new integrated services.

54 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Extension of Metroticket Boundary Taxis in Bus Lanes From 5 October 2003, the Metroticket boundary was A commitment of the Labor Government was the use of extended to include Aldinga, McLaren Vale, Willunga and bus lanes by taxis. Under new rules which came into effect Sellicks Beach. New Adelaide Metro services to Aldinga on 8 December 2003, taxis can now use bus lanes. Taxi Basin terminate at the Noarlunga Centre Interchange to use of these lanes is limited to bus lanes; taxis are not allow easy connection with trains. The extension of permitted to use bus only lanes or B-lights. The bus lanes Metroticket services has made travel from the Aldinga Basin that taxis can use include those on Goodwood Road, to metropolitan Adelaide more convenient and cheaper. Hackney Road, Botanic Road, Henley Beach Road, Main North Road, Payneham Road, Pulteney Street and Glover Improved Access Taxi Response Times Avenue. The rules mean that taxis, as well as Metroticket buses, will have priority over other road users, resulting in Response times for Access Taxis improved in 2003-04 with fewer delays for drivers and customers. 96 per cent of jobs picked up within 30 minutes of their required time (as at May 2004). Since Adelaide Access Taxis commenced the management of the Central Booking The new rules provide multiple benefits to the South System for Access Taxis in March 2003, waiting times for Australian community, including more efficient taxi travel, customers have significantly improved. Further, the number improved traffic flow, reduced pollution and better use of of complaints regarding accessible taxi services has existing bus lanes. declined since March 2003. The new rules demonstrate the State Government’s South Australian Government Radio Network commitment to a more environmentally sustainable South The installation of the South Australian Government Radio Australia and ensuring the best use of existing road space. Network (SAGRN) was completed in all buses operated by Serco. All bus contractors are now on the Network. The Review of Passenger Transport Services in the SAGRN was installed in the tram system in the early part Northern Suburbs of 2003-04. A Review of Passenger Transport Services in the Northern Suburbs (covering Playford and Salisbury Council areas) was Adelaide Metro Greater Union Mega Movie Deal undertaken to meet the government’s election commitment. The Adelaide Metro Greater Union Mega Movie Deal A working group was established involving representatives commenced on 1 February 2004. The Movie Deal is a of the Playford Council, Salisbury Council, the Office of the loyalty program for Adelaide Metro customers aimed at North and the Office of Public Transport. attracting new customers to the public transport system. Upon presentation of a valid Metroticket at the box office, The review involved extensive community participation and along with the corresponding voucher from the Adelaide resulted in identification of transport priorities. These Metro Greater Union Mega Movie Deals brochure, included access to education and health services, safety, customers were entitled to movie rewards at Greater Union youth and transport, improved promotions of existing Cinemas (City, Marion and Arndale). Offers included two- passenger transport options, access to employment, and for-one ticket offers, $9 movie tickets, couple and family access from outlying areas. A "technical review" of Adelaide deals. A new deal was offered each month for customers Metro bus services in the area also commenced. between 1 February and 30 June 2004. The best uptake of these offers was by users of public transport services to The issues are being addressed through the working group and from the Marion Shopping Centre. and will further involve other organisations relevant to each issue (such as health service providers and educational providers, including the University of South Australia).

55 Review of Passenger Transport Services in the THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 Southern Suburbs A review (primarily Onkaparinga and Marion) has been Patronage undertaken to meet the government’s election The patronage gains over the last three years are testament commitment. It involved community consultation in close to public transport’s growing popularity with Adelaide’s partnership with councils and the Southern Adelaide travellers. Analysis of patronage changes shows that the Regional Transport Advisory Group. Activities included: routes on which service improvements have been made, have been generally responsible for the patronage • A technical review of services in the Adelaide Metro increases, combined with ongoing marketing. system. • Improving access to the Flinders Medical Centre The State Strategic Plan has a target to double the use of (FMC)/Flinders. public transport to 10 per cent of weekday travel by 2018. • Access to Seaford Shopping Centre. The Office of Public Transport (OPT) will work to increase • Improved taxi services in outer southern suburbs. patronage to achieve this. • Broadening community transport delivery options. Marketing The OPT will continue the successful provision of public The Office of Public Transport and the Department of transport information through the Adelaide Metro website, Human Services in partnership with the five Southern the Passenger Transport InfoCentre and InfoLine, and Metropolitan Councils has commenced an Integrated through improved information at InfoBars, on the kerbside Transport Study in the Southern Region which aims to: and at information displays throughout the State. Successful promotions offering value to customers will be continued with valued third parties such as Greater Union • Develop integrated and coordinated transport options Cinemas, the Royal Adelaide Show and Carclew Youth Arts. that address identified transport needs and are accessible and flexible. The OPT also will continue its support for the Come Out • Facilitate safe and flexible access to services and Youth Festival. facilities.

• Provide a strategic framework for the ongoing New Buses management and coordination of passenger transport services and resources. New buses will be delivered as part of the government’s $81 million commitment to replace the bus fleet over the next five years. All new buses will be fully accessible, air- The project team has undertaken detailed and targeted conditioned and exceed latest environmental emission consultation with community groups, stakeholders and performance requirements. providers of transport, health and social related services. The objective was to build a profile of the primary users of passenger transport and their access needs. The new buses will offer improved comfort and amenity including for older people and people with mobility and vision impairments.

Mawson Interchange In 2003-04, tenders were called for the design and construction of the Mawson Public Transport Hub at Mawson Lakes. Construction of the Transport Hub will commence in 2004-05, with completion due September 2005.

56 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Bus Priority Measures The OPT will work to evaluate additional bus priority measures. The OPT and Transport SA will also involve service contractors in developing bus priority measures which will improve punctuality by providing drivers with real-time information and priority at intersections. The Real Time Passenger Information System trial in 2003-04 indicates the significant opportunities for enhancing bus priority.

South Australian Government Radio Network The OPT will work with TransAdelaide to complete the installation of the South Australian Government Radio Network in the train fleet.

Audit of Public Transport Infrastructure An audit of public transport infrastructure, premises and conveyances will commence in 2004-05 to gain a better understanding of the improvements which will need to be made to ensure the government meets the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act, as well as improving ease of use for customers.

Implement Improved Transport Security Measures The OPT will implement the transport security measures consistent with the National Transport Security Strategy. The OPT will coordinate the preparation of a training package, which will then be delivered by service contractors’ own trainers to their drivers and other staff. Seed funding was made available in 2003-04 to service contractors to initiate the service contractors’ preparation of their own security plans.

Review of the Taxi Industry As part of the government taxi policy, the government gave a commitment to undertake a review of the taxi industry. A review of the industry will be conducted in 2004-05 to assess the future needs for the taxi industry beyond 2005.

A ‘one stop shop’ for the taxi industry also will be established, providing a single location at which all transactions associated with taxi operations can be conducted.

57 JOHN COMRIE Executive Director Office of Local Government DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report OFFICE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

INTRODUCTION OPERATIONS The Office of Local Government (OLG) is a single program The OLG is co-located with the SA Local Government that reflects the responsibility of the SA Government to Grants Commission and the Boundary Adjustment administer the system of local government across South Facilitation Panel. The Outback Areas Community Australia as envisaged by Parliament under section 64A of Development Trust has recently relocated from Adelaide to the Constitution Act 1934 (SA). The OLG advises the Port Augusta to be closer to its clients. Minister for State/Local Government Relations on local government legislation and on intergovernmental relations The OLG has a staff of 24 and a budget of approximately $3 between the State Government and local government million. within South Australia.

The OLG hosts the Minister’s Local Government Forum, OBJECTIVE which brings together five Ministers and leading The objective of the Office of Local Government is to representatives of local government to discuss issues that provide policy and other advice to the South Australian are of high priority for both State and local government. The Government and its agencies on: establishment of the Minister’s Local Government Forum • The constitution and operations of the local government was a commitment of the State Government with the system, including statutory authorities for which the objective of working cooperatively with local government on Minister for State/Local Government Relations is matters of Statewide significance. responsible. The role of the forum is to advise the Minister for State/Local Government Relations, the Premier, Cabinet and • Whole of government policy and legislative frameworks the Local Government Association on key priorities where as they affect local government. State and local government can work effectively together to • Relationships between the State Government and local achieve better outcomes for the community. It aims to add government, including provision of support to the value to the traditional approaches to intergovernmental Minister’s Local Government Forum. relations by bringing to bear imaginative thinking and innovative solutions to resolve significant issues of shared • Working collaboratively with the Local Government importance. It helps to harness the resources of both Association, other local government peak bodies and spheres of government and coordinate efforts in key areas. associations, and local governments, to support local government in its role as a legitimate sphere of government.

FUNCTIONS The Office of Local Government provides policy and other advice to the South Australian Government and its agencies on the constitution and operations of the local government system, whole of government policy and legislative frameworks as they affect local government, relationships between the State Government and local government; and the constitution and operations of statutory authorities for which the Minister for State/Local Government Relations is responsible: • The Outback Areas Community Development Trust. • The SA Local Government Grants Commission. • The Boundary Adjustment Facilitation Panel.

59 MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 Access to Meetings and Documents The main aim of the Local Government (Access to State-Local Government Relations Agreement Meetings and Documents) Amendment Act 2002 was to The Premier of South Australia and the President of the reinforce the principle that, wherever possible, the public Local Government Association (LGA) signed the State-Local should have access to council and council committee Government Relations Agreement. The agreement aims at meetings and meeting documents. The amendments improving consultation arrangements and communication rationalise and reduce the grounds on which councils can practices, and building closer, more productive working exclude the public from council and council committee relationships between State and local government. The meetings and restrict automatic public access to meeting agreement is consistent with Economic Development documents. Board’s recommendations for better coordination of activities and more strategic approaches between State and The OLG provided funding of $5 000 this year to enable the local government. Local Government Association to update support material to assist councils to implement the amended provisions. Metropolitan Stormwater Study Regulations will complete the implementation process, by Stormwater management and flood mitigation are primarily specifying the information to be included in councils’ annual the responsibility of local government. The topic was reports about the operation of the Act’s provisions relating referred to the Minister’s Local Government Forum, given to public access to council and committee meetings and its significance for both State and local government. The documents, and the performance of councils’ obligations forum endorsed the development of a metropolitan wide under the Freedom of Information Act 1991. Draft approach identifying priority works for stormwater regulations are currently with the Local Government management, flood mitigation and water re-use Association for comment. opportunities in collaboration with all metropolitan councils. All metropolitan councils, through the LGA, OLG and the KEY RESULTS FOR 2003-04 Department of Water, Land and Biodiversity Conservation have committed to jointly fund the major study to Supporting Rural Councils Program investigate innovative approaches, expected to be In 2000-01 the State Government initiated a program of completed by August 2004. practical support ($300 000 over four years) to 11 small rural councils to assist them in implementing the requirements of the then new Local Government Act 1999 and to enable them to participate more effectively in other State initiatives affecting councils. The support has taken the form of specialist advice and assistance, personal consultations, participation in informal working groups, sponsorship of attendance by council elected members or staff at training seminars/workshops, brokerage/facilitation of information and resource sharing between councils, small grants to help meet the cost of specialist consultancies or a combination of a number of these.

This year, the OLG provided $75 000 to assist participating councils. While the program ended at 30 June 2004, OLG will be seeking to continue assistance in the area of financial reforms (financial planning and accountability) from within its own resources.

60 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05

Local Strategic Plans The OLG will work through the Minister’s Local Government Forum and with the Local Government Association to develop joint initiatives in which the Local Strategic Plans of councils can be better aligned with, and complement where appropriate, the State Strategic Plan.

Infrastructure The OLG will work through the Minister’s Local Government Forum to establish with local government an agreed Septic Tank Effluent Scheme reform package for implementation, and finalise a practical and jointly funded strategy between the State Government and metropolitan councils to deliver stormwater management and flood mitigation works in metropolitan Adelaide.

Performance Measures of Councils The OLG will work through the Minister’s Local Government Forum to identify benchmarks that measure local government’s contribution to economic development in South Australia and establish a process for engaging individual councils in identifying and establishing key performance indicators for activities encouraging economic development in their local areas.

Local Government Representation and Elections Review The OLG will advise the government in its preparation of a response to the LGA led stage of the Local Government Representation and Elections Review, and prepare any necessary legislative amendments.

61 ANDREW ATKINSON A/Director Office for the Southern Suburbs

62 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report OFFICE FOR THE SOUTHERN SUBURBS

INTRODUCTION MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 The Office for the Southern Suburbs (OSS) works within the cities of Marion and Onkaparinga and has a significant role Southern Suburbs Economic Development Plan in building on initiatives undertaken by State Government The Southern Suburbs Economic Development Plan has and the two local government authorities. been developed in partnership with both the Marion and Onkaparinga Councils. Total funding of $814 000 has been made available for key projects including: The office has responsibility for the effective implementation of State Government policy and as the • Green Business Incubator. interface with local community issues to which State • Southern Suburbs Youth Employment. Government can respond. • Business Immigration. FUNCTIONS • Energy Infrastructure Review. • Community Telco – Southern Suburbs Feasibility Study. The OSS coordinates and advocates for the particular needs • Regional Export and Investment Extension Service. of the region specifically through: • Fleurieu Peninsula Food Feasibility Study. • Developing an integrated approach to the economic, social and environmental priorities of the region. The Office for the Southern Suburbs will oversee the • Encouraging partnerships between organisations across the region. implementation of the projects recommended for action. • Providing a whole of government focus for the region.

Graffiti Prevention OBJECTIVES Funding totalling $750 000 was received to develop an anti-graffiti strategy for the region. This funding will In consultation with the Cities of Marion and Onkaparinga the OSS has identified a number of priorities and these will strengthen existing initiatives and support a range of be used as guides to develop our strategies and future innovative approaches to graffiti management in the projects including: region. • Clever communities. • Economic development. • Transport. • Infrastructure needs. • Community leadership. • Waste management. • Crime prevention.

OPERATIONS The office develops partnerships across all State Government departments and agencies, as well as between local government, Federal Government, business, industry bodies, universities and community groups that have a focus on growth throughout the region.

63 KEY RESULTS FOR 2003–2004 Food SA The Office for the Southern Suburbs, in partnership with Clever Communities Food South Australia undertook a project to identify ways to The Clever Communities initiative is a policy commitment progress the food industry in the region. The project specific to the southern suburbs and is premised on a examined a range of possible options to help the food community capacity building model that engages young industry innovate and bridge the gap between cottage and people and the community in the development and commercial viability. Options included: implementation of programs that affect their lives. • A food park. • Value-adding infrastructure to support regional food It includes local schools, Flinders University, Onkaparinga industries (including commercial kitchen facilities). TAFE, industry groups, regional business, local government, various State Government agencies and a number of young • Business Incubator. people throughout the region. The Clever Communities report was launched on 21 January 2004. The The study investigated solutions appropriate to the specific implementation of the Clever Communities report is vested needs of the food industry in the catchment area of the in the Clever Communities Taskforce. The terms of OSS. The study has been completed and the information reference of the taskforce are: provided to the Fleurieu food group for consideration and • To oversee the implementation of the Clever implementation. Communities project. • To advise the Minister for the Southern Suburbs on the priorities and timeframes for the Clever Communities project.

Crime Prevention and Sustainable Communities The Office for the Southern Suburbs realises the importance that crime prevention strategies can have for the community, particularly those strategies associated with CPTED (Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design). The OSS in partnership with the Crime Prevention Unit is promoting an awareness of CPTED principles, identifying hot spots targeted by criminal activity and applying CPTED principles to those areas.

Green Street Awards The Green Street Awards have been developed through cooperation between the Office of the Southern Suburbs, the Office of Sustainability and the City of Onkaparinga. The awards recognise community, individual and neighbourhood actions and commitment to good green practices to reducing energy and water needs, and a reduction in the amount of waste sent to landfill.

64 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05

The Office for the Southern Suburbs has developed objectives for 2004-05 in line with the priorities of the office, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning and the State Strategic Plan. They include: • Work in partnership with State Government agencies and the cities of Marion and Onkaparinga on the development and implementation of the southern economic development plan. • Facilitate the planning (infrastructure) of three key southern suburb localities, Lonsdale, Seaford Meadows and Aldinga/Sellicks. • Facilitate a master plan of the Christies West Campus site to achieve desired regional based outcomes. This project will foster a whole of government process (State and local) to achieve desired outcomes on a partnering basis within the context of commercial transparency and the total Noarlunga Centre strategy framework. • Ensure the implementation of an anti-graffiti strategy for the southern suburbs. • Complete the feasibility study for the Green Incubator Project. • Support the Clever Communities Taskforce and the implementation of the Clever Communities Project. • Complete the Crime Prevention and Sustainable Communities Project. • Maintain involvement in South Australia Works Regions At Work Program. • Oversee the implementation of the projects recommended for action in the Southern Suburbs Economic Development Plan. • Jointly examine strategic crime prevention strategies for the region with the Crime Prevention Unit. • Develop a regional strategic plan with the Southern Suburbs Partnership Executive Group • Continue involvement with the Southern Social Planning Alliance. • Consolidate links across the education sector with Flinders University, Onkaparinga TAFE, Southern Futures and the Manufacturing Industry Partnership. • Support the review of the Southern Vocational College. • Support the development of an Innovative Community Action Network (ICAN) in the Southern Suburbs.

65 PETER SANDEMAN Director Office Of the North DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report OFFICE OF THE NORTH

The Office of the North (OTN) is responsible for the INTRODUCTION provision of support to the Northern Partnership to identify In its second year the Office of the North focused on regional strategic priorities and to develop and implement economic development and education and training the agenda for action of the Chief Executives Group. pathways to employment as the priorities of the Northern Partnership in creating employment and enabling local residents access to local jobs. The OTN develops and puts into action the State Government’s commitment to rebuild and enhance the northern region through whole of government solutions. OBJECTIVES The State Government and the Cities of Salisbury and Playford and the Town of Gawler established the Northern The OTN promotes joint ownership of strategic priorities Partnership to strengthen the relationships between State and brings Federal, State and local government, industry Government, its agencies and the three local governments. and the community together to find the solutions that work and promotes and supports local initiatives.

The role of the Northern Partnership is: The OTN assists the State and local government to promote • Promote and support the relationships between State and support regional initiatives and lead economic and social Government and its agencies and the Northern development through a more strategic approach. Councils. • Promote and support regional initiatives. OPERATIONS • Lead economic and social and environmental development within the region through the The Northern Ministers development of strategic directions and joint action by The Northern Ministers in Cabinet oversee the work of the the State Government and the councils in conjunction Northern Partnership for the State Government and ensure with other regional stakeholders. that the Northern Partnership’s work is supported by departments. The Northern Partnership has a five-year strategic plan, the objectives of which include: The Northern Ministers Group consists of the Ministers whose electorates lie within the northern region which currently comprise: • Economic Development - to build the economic vitality of the north and increase the number of residents in • The Hon Mike Rann MP - the Premier and Minister for paid employment. Economic Development, Minister for Social Inclusion, Minister for the Arts and Minister for Volunteers. • Housing And Urban Regeneration - to provide affordable, diverse housing in vibrant and prosperous communities • The Hon Kevin Foley MP - the Deputy Premier, in the north. Treasurer and Minister assisting the Premier in Economic Development, Minister for Police and • Families, Children And Community - to develop self- Minister for Federal/ State Relations. reliant and violence free families and communities. • The Hon Lea Stevens MP - the Minister for Health and • Environment - to preserve and enhance the environment Minister Assisting the Premier in Social Inclusion. by effectively managing key resources. • The Hon Trish White MP - the Minister for Transport, • Governance - to streamline governance arrangements in Minister for Urban Development and Planning and the north to encourage whole of government Minister for Science and Information Economy. collaboration and coordination. The Minister responsible for the Office of the North is the Minister for Urban Development and Planning. FUNCTIONS In order to support the Northern Partnership and to drive a whole-of-government approach to working with councils, business and the community in the northern region, the State Government established a small unit called the Office of the North.

67 The Chief Executives Group MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 The Chief Executives of the northern councils and the Chief Executives of the State Government agencies nominated Major highlights of 2003-04 include: by the State Government constitute the Chief Executives Group of the Northern Partnership. • The approval of the Edinburgh Parks project by the State Government and the transfer of land to the Land The Northern Partnership Chief Executives are responsible Management Corporation with the potential for many to the principal parties for establishing and managing an jobs for northern residents as a result. agenda for action of the Northern Partnership based on the strategic priorities of the region, to take advantage of key • The establishment of the DFEEST SA Works program in opportunities and meet the major challenges of the region the Northern Region in partnership with local and to coordinate joint action within the region. government and key regional stakeholders, administered by the Office of the North on behalf of the Northern Partnership. The Chief Executives Group consists of the three Local Government Chief Executives, a senior officer of the • The strong working relationships between the Northern Federal Department of Transport and Regional Services and High Schools, Regency TAFE and the University of SA the Chief Executives of nominated State Government which enabled the development of regional education Departments. and training pathways. The State Government Departments nominated by the • The development of the Advanced Manufacturing State Government to constitute the Northern Partnership Industry Group supporting school industry links across with the northern councils are: the automotive, defence and electronics industries • The Department of Health. auspiced by the electronics industry association and funded by the Sustainable Regions Program. • Department of Transport and Urban Planning.

• Department of Education and Children's Services. KEY RESULTS FOR 2003-04 • The Department of Further Education, Employment, • The Northern Transition Forum was established to Science and Technology. facilitate effective transitions for young people in the • The Department of Trade and Economic Development. north from school to training, further education and employment in key industry clusters. • The Department for Families and Communities. • The Northern Adelaide Economic Development Alliance was established to provide strategic direction and The Office of the North is assigned to the Department of derive economic development across the region. Transport and Urban Planning and the Chief Executive of this department is the chair of the Northern Partnership. • The South Australia Works "Regions at Work" Transition Plan was approved and implemented to increase employment of northern residents in northern jobs. • A consortium between the 10 State secondary schools in the north, Northern Institute of TAFE and the University of SA was established to improve the provision of Vocational Education Training (VET) in Schools and post school education and training options. • New learning pathways for year 11 and 12 students were developed in financial services and electro- technology.

68 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05

Growing Prosperity • Development of specialised school centres of excellence linked to key industry clusters.

Improving Wellbeing • Complete a marketing strategy for the northern region with a particular focus on economic, social and environmental initiatives and commence implementation. • Establish a families and children network to facilitate initiatives that promote the health and wellbeing of families and children in the northern region.

Fostering Creativity • Facilitate increased access to broadband infrastructure for the northern region including community access to IT capabilities.

Expanding Opportunity • Facilitate increased pathways from school to TAFE and University for young people from the northern region.

69 Rawnsley Bluff DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report REGIONAL MINISTERIAL OFFICES

INTRODUCTION • Initiated and supported a process for mapping and integrating strategic and community plans for the Regional Ministerial Offices were established in 2002 and Northern Flinders Ranges and the sub-region based on later assigned to DTUP, in recognition of the expertise of the Kingoonya Soil Board district boundaries. the Department in its management and support of regional offices. • Established a network to develop youth leadership skills in Port Augusta, as a possible model for other communities within the region. The Office of the Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback is in Port Augusta, and the Office of the Murray is • Provided leadership and support to the Murraylands in Murray Bridge. Regional Facilitation Group, helping to establish its culture and agenda. OBJECTIVE • Engaged the Rural City of Murray Bridge and relevant Regional Ministerial Offices work with local leaders, State Government agencies to support the completion community organisations, State Government agencies and of the boardwalk and signage as part of the Swanport the public to improve the delivery of services and the Wetlands project at Murray Bridge. development of policy for the region. THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004–05 FUNCTIONS

• Distribute State Government information and give The Regional Ministerial Offices will initiate a number of support and advice to Ministers and their staff. new projects during 2004–05 including: • Provide a single point of contact for the public with • Supporting a coordinated approach to the development State Government Ministers. of materials and strategies aimed at school leavers in • Undertake projects and support the work of State the Murray Lands. Government agencies, local government, regional • Undertaking a consultation and research project to development boards and community organisations. better inform government of public transport needs and expectations within the Upper Spencer Gulf. OPERATIONS • Assisting the establishment of a Desert Knowledge Both offices work within defined geographical areas, CRC Node to support the activities of relevant research although on occasions there may be some cross over into projects and to improve local links with the Desert other regions. Knowledge CRC. • Initiating and supporting processes for developing sub- MAJOR HIGHLIGHTS FOR 2003-04 regional development plans and strategies for the area contained within the Marree Soil Board district Desert Knowledge SA boundaries. Desert Knowledge SA network was established to • Sponsoring a careers expo and other careers planning complement the activities of the Desert Knowledge activities for the Murraylands region. Australia organisation and associated Cooperative Research • Establishing a Community Safety Dialogue in Port Centre (CRC). Augusta to encourage ongoing direct communication between relevant Ministers and Neighbourhood Watch, Extreme Choices Early Intervention Program Port Augusta Focus and the Port Augusta City Council. The Extreme Choices early intervention program was • Undertaking a youth and community services mapping hosted and coordinated in Murray Bridge. It aims to give and consultation process in Murray Bridge to better young people at risk new tools to assist them to make inform State Government policy. better health decisions.

KEY RESULTS FOR 2003–04

Key results for 2003-04 included: • Established a secretariat for major whole-of-government groups servicing the Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback region. 71 CHRIS OERMAN Director Corporate Services DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report CORPORATE SERVICES DIVISION

The Corporate Services Division was established on 13 KEY RESULTS FOR 2003–04 October 2003. It operates using a shared services model Key results for 2003-04 for the Corporate Services Division that enables a more strategic and consistent approach to include: the provision of corporate services across the Department. • Establishment of a shared services provision of operational and transactional corporate services in PURPOSE human resources, finance and contracting and The Corporate Services Division was established to enable procurement. DTUP to deliver improved results by: • Establishment of separate strategic and policy advice • Supporting the Department with efficient, high quality functions in human resources and finance. corporate services to agreed levels. • Implemented significant improvements to corporate • Simplifying how our customers can operate. governance approaches, including the establishment of an Audit and Governance Committee to assist the Chief • Challenging the Department’s performance within its Executive in effectively fulfilling Departmental own and government frameworks. responsibilities for financial management and reporting, risk management, internal control and achieving good OBJECTIVES corporate governance. The Corporate Services Division has six key objectives: • Improved divisional performance reporting. • Provide reliable, timely, cost effective corporate services • Improved departmental systems and processes with the to agreed standards. implementation of e-Procurement, the CHRIS kiosk • Provide timely, reliable, meaningful and well analysed (payroll) and K-Net (records management) . information presented simply that supports business • Completed accommodation moves resulting from the performance and fulfils external requirements. recent organisational restructures within 13 weeks. • Provide professional and timely advice, consistent with legislation and stated policies and procedures of THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 government, central agencies and DTUP that The Division will continue to focus on improved operational recognises the broader environment. effectiveness and efficiencies for the Department by • Ensure DTUP conforms with legislation and stated providing it with improved, simplified business process and plans, policies and procedures of government and systems and high-quality advice. central agencies, and ensure DTUP policies enable improved performance. • Ensure the provision of appropriate business ICT systems that facilitate the delivery of DTUP outputs. • Facilitate improvements across DTUP outputs focussing on corporate priorities.

73

DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Office of the Chief Executive performs a high-level RISK MANAGEMENT corporate governance role for the Department. Formal and structured risk management processes have been adopted to provide an all-encompassing approach to Whilst the structure of the Department has placed improve the integration of risk management into the responsibility on the individual agencies to maintain Department’s strategic decision making processes. effective corporate governance policies and processes, They provide an overarching policy framework with clear these have been implemented within the Department’s management accountabilities and responsibilities based on corporate policy setting. These arrangements continue to the principles of continuous improvement and Australian support effective accountability at the executive level for standards for risk management. performance outcomes within the Department. At the level of operational risk, the aim is to build a risk During the reporting period significant organisational aware workforce and environment that encourages structural changes were implemented, enabling a more innovation and responsible risk taking, whilst ensuring responsive approach to the delivery of services and a more precautions are taken to maintain the best interests of the cohesive approach to governance issues through the new Government and the community it represents. The Corporate Services Division. emphasis for all staff is on accountability for control and treatment of identified risks, within an agreed corporate and systematic approach to risk management. A major focus for 2004-05 will be the enhancement of the Department’s corporate governance capability and FRAUD DETECTION AND INTERNAL AUDIT performance. The Department maintains an Internal Audit (IA) resource to provide assurance concerning the effectiveness of agency The newly established Audit and Governance Committee internal controls and support for risk management within will assist the Chief Executive in the areas of: the agency. • Audit Structure. • Audit Operation. During 2003-04, the Internal Audit team received and investigated 27 separate reports concerning Whistle Blower • Risk and Internal Controls. complaints and other allegations. Audit investigation of • Financial Operations. these reports resulted in two matters being dealt with in a formal disciplinary inquiry and two matters were referred to • Legislative and Policy Compliance. the SA Police for follow-up. • Issues identified by the Auditor-General. CONTRACTING AND PROCUREMENT The committee will provide advice on the internal control The Department’s implementation of the electronic framework in order to give assurance regarding the: e-Procurement system is demonstrating improved procurement efficiencies, accountabilities and reporting. • Adequacy of the control environment of policy This implementation was supported by an extensive training establishment, accountability, and delegations of program for its revised procurement policies and authority and responsibility. procedures. • Identification of internal and external risks faced by DTUP. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES • Existence of cost effective control activities to manage The Department has continued to consolidate policies and risk. procedures in a standard format that are easily available to • Integrity of information and communication technology employees. This has meant adopting improved technologies systems that capture financial and non-financial to strategically manage and make available Departmental information. documents. The result has been a greater use of Internet based technology for the dissemination of key information • Effectiveness of monitoring processes applied by and policies. management and internal audit service providers in dealing with risk exposures.

75 HUMAN RESOURCES DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report HUMAN RESOURCES

OVERVIEW Avenues were provided to employees to address grievances Achievement of the Department of Transport and Urban and appeals. However, DTUP aimed to prevent the need for Planning’s (DTUP) diverse business activities is only possible these processes through adequate consultation, proper by the contribution, commitment and dedication of assessment of merit and conciliation where necessary. employees. DTUP’s Occupational Health, Safety and Welfare (OHS&W) The establishment of the DTUP Corporate Services Division system consists of clear policy direction, planning and (through the adoption of a shared services business model) consultation. It is enhanced by implementation of strategies in 2003-04 resulted in a major review of human resource and evaluation for continuous improvement to provide a management systems, policies and services across all safe and healthy work environment for all employees. agencies and the implementation of Departmental-wide human resource management services that aim to provide EMPLOYMENT, AND OTHER HUMAN RESOURCES consistent policy advice, using smart technology to facilitate MATTERS efficient service provision and easier access to information. Staffing The formation of the Corporate Services Division coincided The Department continued to use workforce management with the introduction of a Complete Human Resource strategies such as targeted recruitment and voluntary Information System (CHRIS) incorporating position separation to build an effective organisation for the future. management, people employment, payroll and leave Within the Department there are a variety of human records, and major organisational changes in the agencies. resource management tools and processes that support Both the organisational and business systems changes both the organisation and its people. These include: provided for an environment of significant change and in spite of the challenges presented by such change, planned business outcomes were met. • Continually monitoring and managing staff levels within the budgetary framework.

During 2003-04 the Department continued to invest in the • Improving the efficiency and timeliness of selection development and wellbeing of its employees, by focussing processes within DTUP by implementing a Recruitment on leadership development at all levels and ensuring a safe and Selection Program. Job and person specifications working environment. Targeted workforce planning projects were reviewed and were required to reduce essential were implemented to build workforce capability to meet requirements to a maximum of eight criteria. both current and future business needs. Applicants from both inside and outside the public sector were provided with updated supporting material on how to apply for positions. Training was offered to The Department also has embraced the recommendations employees likely to participate in selection panels to of the Economic Development Board pertaining to improve skills on efficient selection processes whilst organisational and people development by actively ensuring a meritorious process. promoting and participating in cross-agency development initiatives, and public sector and private sector mobility • Regularly reviewing contracts and appointment programs. paperwork to ensure adequate terms and conditions of employment were included. This ensured that employees were clear about probation, terms of Improvement of the efficiency of selection processes was a appointment and rights to further employment. priority for the Department during the year. The Department ensured that selection decisions were based on a proper • Ensuring consistency and equity in recruitment, assessment of merit and that unlawful discrimination and selection, employment and management practices by nepotism and patronage were prevented against employees reflecting the Public Sector Management (PSM) Act seeking employment in the public sector. Public sector 1995 determinations and the Commissioner for Public equal opportunity programs were also used as recruitment Employment Guidelines in all human resource strategies. management policies, guidelines and procedures. Procedures apply to both PSM Act and weekly paid award employees. Consultation processes were used to facilitate change management thereby ensuring that employees were treated • Updating all human resource management policies, fairly and consistently on issues affecting them and their procedures and delegations to identify changed workplaces. responsibilities of operational and central human resources staff within the new structure with establishment of shared Corporate Services within 77 DTUP. Significant work was undertaken and a major PRIVATE SECTOR MOBILITY PROGRAM part of the project was to develop and implement user- During 2003-04 DTUP provided opportunities for graduates friendly electronic human resource management to work in the private sector as part of the Port River policies and procedures. Expressway Project Stage 1. Arrangements were included • Implementing the CHRIS Human Resource in the contract with the private company to provide private Management System in August 2003. A major audit of sector work experience for engineering graduates. It is the payroll system was undertaken by intended to repeat these arrangements for Stages 2 and 3 PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited with of the project. During 2003-04, two graduates were placed findings confirming that management controls are with the private sector company. effective. Recommendations for improvement to controls were implemented. DTUP also placed a graduate surveyor on an industry placement for four months in 2003-04 providing an Executive Employment opportunity for this employee to gain experience and obtain his surveyor's licence. As at 30 June 2004, there were 35 executive employees employed by the Department, of which 23 were tenured executives and 12 were untenured executives. Each WORKFORCE DIVERSITY executive had a fully executed contract of employment. DTUP continued to implement workforce and succession One chose to vary his contract to part-time during 2003-04. management strategies to address ageing workforce issues (Refer Table 4.) with the following programs: The DTUP Executive and Senior Manager Performance • DTUP Graduate Recruitment and Development Management Policy, Principles and Process Framework Program: was implemented in 2003-04 which brings together policy, procedures and guidelines to assist in the preparation of - Active recruitment of Civil Engineers and a planned performance agreements and development plans, and links increase in recruitment for 2004-05, particularly in rural to the Department’s executive remuneration review South Australia. methodology. - A comprehensive induction and development program for graduates was provided over the first 12 months of Leave Management employment to fast-track their development. Thirteen The average number of sick leave days taken per full-time graduates were recruited to DTUP in 2003-04. equivalent (FTE) employee was 6.2 in 2003-04 resulting in - Superior flexibility and employment conditions were approximately three quarters of a day reduction when achieved through offering access to a family allowance compared to the previous reporting period. The support package to encourage mobility into rural areas. Department’s employees are able to access up to five days a year of their sick leave entitlement to provide care for • DTUP as Employer of Choice – Urban Planners: family members ("Family Carer’s leave"). During 2003-04 employees accessed Family Carer’s leave on an average of - There is a national shortage of planners and the one half of one day per FTE employee position and special Department implemented strategies to attract them leave with pay was accessed on an average of one half of (including graduates). Further strategies are being one day. Twenty DTUP employees accessed some form of developed to enable DTUP to become an employer of purchased leave during 2003-04. (Refer Tables 5 and 10.) choice for planning graduates in 2004-05. Voluntary Flexible Working Arrangements The Department recognises the need and value of flexible working arrangements for employees and offers the • Technical Refreshment Program: following range of options that are aimed at assisting - The five-year strategy to refresh the technical capability employees to balance their work and family responsibilities: of an ageing technical workforce continued in 2003-04, • Purchased leave. with the recruitment of four skilled staff in the Technical Grades stream, totalling 19 recruited since • Flexitime. the program commenced in 2002. A further 13 • Compressed weeks. appointments are planned during 2004-05. • Part-time job share. - The Technical Officer Development Scheme • Working from home. commenced during the latter part of the year. The scheme ensures that newly recruited technical All of these options were accessed by 1 690 employees, officers are offered the opportunity to develop broad 78 including compressed weeks negotiated between DTUP technical skills within their first years of employment. and employees to meet individual needs. (Refer Table 10.) DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Workforce and succession planning initiatives have strong TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT links to training and development initiatives and are DTUP takes both organisational and individual development supported by the Department’s Workforce Planning very seriously as evidenced by its planned approach to Framework and Training and Development Framework. building workforce capability to meet both current and future business needs. INDIGENOUS (ABORIGINAL AND/OR TORRES STRAIT ISLANDER) EMPLOYEES In addition to a range of people development initiatives, the In January 2004, DTUP implemented an Aboriginal Department invested in the development of a Training and Employment Strategy and policy that committed to Development Framework which brings together policy, increasing the number of Aboriginal employees across the procedures and guidelines to assist managers to prepare Department, particularly in skills shortage areas. training and development plans, performance development tools, a sample workforce planning resource and a Induction, mentoring, training, flexible leave and other Corporate Learning Directory. This resource was launched in strategies that support long-term retention and development hard copy format for senior managers at the end of 2003 of Aboriginal employees are being developed and will be and the online version for general staff was in place at the progressed by a DTUP Aboriginal Employment Reference end of June 2004. Group. This program will be integrated with DTUP’s core recruitment and workforce planning processes. Plans are underway to fully implement the CHRIS Training and Development module by September 2004. Over the In May 2004, DTUP engaged two Aboriginal employees past year, significant organisational restructure has led to studying civil engineering and human resource management the postponement of the implementation of CHRIS module through the Office for the Commissioner for Public across the Department. This means that reporting for this Employment Aboriginal Scholarship Program. Several areas year reflects payments made eg. program registration and of the business committed to providing ongoing reimbursement costs. However the report will generally not employment opportunities to Aboriginal trainees in include staff time whilst participating in development activity metropolitan and rural areas. or travel costs.

In 2004-05 DTUP will be providing cultural awareness For 2003-04, DTUP’s minimum investment in training and training initially to those areas of the business that have development was two per cent of the total remuneration committed to trainees and scholarships. expenditure. Costs associated with travel for training and development are not included as the Department’s financial systems do not provide a breakdown of travel costs. When These initiatives are consistent with, and aim to deliver the the CHRIS system is fully implemented, the Department outcomes to be achieved through, the SA Public Sector will be able to identify travel costs associated with training Indigenous Employment Strategy. and development.

An employee survey conducted in DTUP in 2004 identified The Department’s investment in leadership and four Indigenous employees. management for 2003-04 was one per cent, maintaining the (Refer Table 7.) level of investment made in the previous year.

CULTURAL AND LINGUISTIC DIVERSITY The Department’s human resource development plan is An employee survey conducted in DTUP in 2004 identified extensive. 10.39 per cent of employees as being born overseas and 6.68 per cent of employees who speak languages other than English at home. (Refer Table 8.)

DISABLITY An employee survey conducted in DTUP in 2004 identified 1.02 per cent of employees with ongoing disabilities requiring workplace adaptation.

79 Organisational level succession planning In summary, DTUP’s approach to building a capable Features include: workforce is comprehensive, integrated and one in which managers take responsibility for workplace learning being an • The development and delivery of an in-house leadership essential part of business planning. and management program for senior managers. • Sponsorship of senior employees to participate in the PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT Office for Commissioner of Public Employment All DTUP agencies have performance management systems leadership and management programs. in place. DTUP recognises the importance of having a • Alignment of DTUP’s in-house management departmental, systemised and consistent approach to development program for first line and middle level performance management that links to Departmental managers to the Public Sector Training Package’s performance measures and has identified the development Diploma of Government. of this as a major human resource focus for 2004-05. • The graduate recruitment and development program and partnering with industry to support graduate To provide direction a sample survey on performance development. management was conducted in early 2004. A sample of senior, middle managers and DTUP employees participated. Responses indicated that 72 percent formally met regularly In addition a range of programs were developed and offered with their staff and 63 percent managed through daily/ad- supporting business management including project hoc discussions and feedback. management, contracting and procurement, selection panel member training, and business systems training. During this year the Department also piloted an E-learning package A range of tools, embracing the principles outlined in the providing OH&S training. Commissioner for Public Employment’s guidelines and determinations, were developed by DTUP agencies and are used in the development of documented plans. Business Level Work is being undertaken on attraction and retention EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAMS strategies in various areas of the business; for example: urban planners for Planning SA, replenishing outback roads DTUP participates in the SA Government Youth Training workers, and a technical recruitment and development Scheme and the Trainee Employment Register. Six trainees program aimed at refreshing the technical stream. Although were engaged through this scheme in 2003-04. not included in training calculations, throughout the year a number of professional seminars were arranged bringing DTUP continued to sponsor the ‘Sylvia Birdseye Scholarship industry experts into the Department to discuss and share – Women in Engineering’. This promotes and encourages information on topical issues. women in the engineering field by supporting undergraduates studying civil engineering at the University Individual Level of South Australia. The Department provides study assistance to employees undertaking tertiary and higher education programs relevant A commitment to furthering disability discrimination to their work. Over the year, 97 employees were supported awareness is evident through DTUP’s representation in a in participating in accredited training packages. The whole of government Disability Awareness and Department also sponsored employees undertaking higher Discrimination Training Sub-committee resulting in the education qualifications. Both formal study and all other development of an across government Disability Awareness forms of professional development are required to be in line and Discrimination Training Framework. with business training and development plans and employees’ individual development plans. With formal documented individual performance development plans, the DTUP supports the establishment of a pilot 12 month year saw a reduction in the number of such plans from 47 payroll/administrative related traineeship program under the per cent to 24 per cent largely due to major organisational Government Youth Traineeship Program, Department of change and staff movement. The Department, however, Further Education Employment Science and Technology supported employees wishing to access coaching and (DFEEST), with participants from the Disability Employment career planning sessions through DTUP’s Employee Register. DTUP will be providing placements in this Assistance Program. program for two participants in 2004-05.

80 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY AND INJURY The driver/driving safety awareness program continued to MANAGEMENT (OHS&IM) raise awareness of driver and driving safety for employees spending a significant time on the road. A Driver Safety The OHS&W policy manual was endorsed and released in Handbook supports this safety awareness program. July 2003 by the Chief Executive and all policies were published on the OHS&W website and distributed for implementation across the Department. The policy manual The Department commenced implementation of a pilot will be reviewed and revised annually and additional audit OHS&W E-learning package of courses for employees to criteria have been developed and are attached to each access at their own pace. Courses cover areas such as policy to enable workgroups to audit their compliance induction, fundamentals, hazard management, incident annually. investigation, injury management and manual handling. The OHS&W Action Plan was revised, providing direction for workgroups to develop relevant local procedures and The Department continued to ensure that appropriate integrate OHS&W policy requirements into their core consultative and support arrangements were in place. business activities. Workgroups undertook a self audit Workgroup consultative arrangements were reviewed and against the Exempt Employer Performance Standards in updated in line with organisational restructuring. With the order to assess compliance, identify any issues and address review of consultative arrangements there are now 84 any areas needing improvement. An external auditor also OHS&W representatives supporting workgroups across the was engaged to review and evaluate the Department’s Department. OHS&W systems against the performance standards, and areas for improvement have been included in the revised OHS&W Action Plan. Workgroups continued to undertake their regular programs of OHS&W housekeeping inspections and continued to review and revise safe work instructions and safety data A Workplace Safety Management Plan was developed and sheets as required. A Departmental working party disseminated to all workgroups. The Workplace Safety undertook significant work to develop and implement local Management Plan includes targets that cover seven injury procedures to ensure continuous improvement in the prevention and management indicators. The key strategies management of labour hire workers and contractors. Work for meeting these targets have been reflected in the was also undertaken to manage the OHS&W process in the OHS&W Action Plan to facilitate implementation of injury procurement of the new plant fleet. prevention and management strategies over the next financial year. Work was undertaken over this reporting period to address implementation issues with the Hazard and Throughout 2003-04, the Department continued to provide Accident/Incident Reporting System (HIRS). The majority of targeted OHS&W programs and initiatives to ensure the employees have electronic access. Further work will be provision of safe and healthy working conditions. undertaken to implement improvements and review and revise policies and procedures to ensure hazards and To support the health and wellbeing of employees, accidents/ incidents are appropriately managed and psychological and career counselling services were addressed. provided through the Department’s Employee Assistance Program. The Department also implemented a voluntary The Department is committed to improving and Influenza Vaccination Program for all employees. Several streamlining injury management. (Refer Table 11.) In 2003- workgroups arranged health promotion activities targeted to 04 the Department entered into an agreement with the the needs of employees in their workgroups, such as Department for Administrative and Information Services for workstation ergonomic assessments. the provision of services relating to the management of the Department’s worker’s compensation claims. A Service OHS&W induction and training needs were identified and Level Agreement was developed, and these services will addressed. These included training for new OHS&W continue to be undertaken in accordance with the Exempt representatives and refresher courses for existing OHS&W Employer Performance Standards and the Department’s representatives, first aid officer training, emergency warden Workplace Safety Management Plan. Planning for training, training for managers and staff in OHS&W manager, supervisor and OHS&W representative injury principles responsibilities and awareness, rail safety management training is underway. awareness training for relevant employees and staff attendance at relevant OHS&W forums and conferences.

81 DISABILITY ACTION PLANS MONITORING AND REPORTING Individual DTUP agency Disability Action Plans are in place Regular monitoring and reporting of human resource to assist in ensuring that legislative requirements are met management practices, including trend analysis, was and that unlawful discrimination does not occur. A undertaken. Examples include: Departmental Disability Action Plan will be developed in 2004-05 following the creation of DTUP Corporate Services Division. • Quarterly human resource management reports to the Chief Executive and each Executive Director to enable the overall monitoring of the workforce and identify Some highlights from the individual DTUP agency 2003-04 trends and potential issues. Disability Action Plans include: • Contribution to the annual workforce information collection conducted by OCPE. • Instigation of a process for auditing Adelaide Metro • Regular reporting of Injury Prevention and Management conveyances, infrastructure and premises to ensure to Workplace Services. compliance with Disability Transport Standards is effectively targeted over the next 20 years. • Maximisation of CHRIS as an effective database and management reporting system. • Assisting the development of national reporting on compliance with the Transport Standards. THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 • Provision of practical steps towards achieving the Disability Transport Standards including: The Department is working towards a systemised, standardised and effective human resource management - Ensuring every new Adelaide Metro bus is accessible service. In 2004-05 priorities will focus on: (currently 44 percent of fleet are accessible). This • Consistent and improved application of performance percentage is an increase of 3.5 percent from 2002-03. management across the Department. - Ensuring new public transport infrastructure works are • Continued analysis to identify areas for workforce Disability Discrimination Act (DDA) compliant. rejuvenation, to ensure DTUP has a skilled workforce - Planning for new, accessible trams. that meets its future business needs. - Auditing all traffic signal sites in the Metropolitan Region • Development of a three-year human resource to assess their DDA compliance. management audit schedule to inform continuous improvement of human resource management - Coordinating road improvements with local council systems, policies, advice and practices. programs to improve access and safety. • Further development of equal opportunity and mobility - Continued involvement with Disability organisations such programs. as Royal Society for the Blind and Guide Dogs Association looking after the access needs of their clients on our roads.

82 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Table 1 - Summary Data

Persons 2048

FTE’s 1913.84

Gender % Persons % FTE

Female 36.52 34.93

Male 63.48 65.07

Number of Persons Separated from the agency during the 03/04 fi nancial year 335

Number of Persons Recruited to the agency during the 03/04 fi nancial year 384

Number of Persons on Leave without Pay at 30 June 2004 59

Table 2 - Salary Bracket

Male Female

$0 - $38 000 417 342

$38 001 - $49 000 351 222

$49 001 - $64 000 338 132

$64 001 - $83 000 169 44

$83 001+ 25 8

Total 1300 748

Table 3 - Status Of Employees In Current Position

FTE’s

Ongoing Short-term contract Long-term contract Casual Total

Female 505.67 142.34 15.9 4.54 668.45

Male 1118.46 76.57 40 10.36 1245.39

Total 1624.13 218.91 55.9 14.9 1913.84

Persons

Ongoing Short-term contract Long-term contract Casual Total

Female 552 163 16 17 748

Male 1123 80 40 57 1300

Total 1675 243 56 74 2048

83 Table 4 - Number Of Executives By Status In Current Position, Gender And Classifi cation

Ongoing Contract Tenured Contract Untenured Total Classifi cation Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Total

EXEC0A 0 0 11 0 4 3 15 3 18

EXEC0B 0 0 10 1 1 0 11 1 12

EXEC0C 0 0 1 0 0 3 1 3 4

EXEC0E 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

Table 5 - Average days leave taken per full time equivalent employee

Leave Type *2000-01 *2001-02 *2002-03 2003-04

1) Sick Leave Taken 46.50 54.00 52.33 6.2

2) Family Carer’s Leave Taken 2.85 3.23 3.56 0.56

3) Special Leave with Pay N/A N/A 3.77 0.51

*Leave taken is shown in hours prior to 2003-04

Table 6 - Number Of Employees By Age Bracket By Gender

Age Bracket Female Male Total % of Total

15 - 19 6 4 10 0.49

20 - 24 67 30 97 4.74

25 - 29 120 109 229 11.18

30 - 34 102 114 216 10.55

35 - 39 104 128 232 11.33

40 - 44 85 172 257 12.55

45 - 49 123 247 370 18.07

50 - 54 90 246 336 16.41

55 - 59 43 201 244 11.91

60 - 64 8 45 53 2.59

65+ 0 4 4 0.2

Total 748 1 300 2 048 100

Table 7 - Number Of Aboriginal And/or Torres Strait Islander Employees

Male Female Total % of Agency

Aboriginal /Torres Strait Islander 3 1 4 0.2

84 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Table 8 - Cultural And Linguistic Diversity

Name Male Female Total % of Agency

Number of Employees born overseas 100 56 156 7.62 Number of Employees who speak language(s) 0 0 0 0 other than English at home

Table 9 - Number Of Employees With Ongoing Disabilities Requiring Workplace Adaptation

Male Female Total

Total 27 11 38

Table 10 - Number Of Employees Using Voluntary Flexible Working Arrangements By Gender

Leave Type Male Female Total

Purchased Leave 9 11 20 Flexitime 930 657 1 587 Compressed Weeks 3 0 3 Part-time Job Share 1 24 25 Working from Home 34 21 55

85 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY AND INJURY MANAGEMENT (OHS&IM)

Table 11

1. OHS legislative requirements

Number of notifi able occurrences pursuant to OHS&W Regulations Division 6.6 2

Number of notifi able injuries pursuant to OHS&W Regulations Division 6.6 2

Number of notices served pursuant to OHS&W Act s35, s39 and s40 0

2. Injury Management legislative requirements

Total number of employees who participated in the rehabilitation program 29

Total number of employees rehabilitated and reassigned to alternative duties 11

Total number of employees rehabilitated back to their original work 10

3. WorkCover Action Limits

Number of open claims as at 30 June 113

Percentage of worker’s compensation expenditure over gross annual remuneration 1.42%

4. Number of claims

Number of new worker’s compensation claims in the fi nancial year 88

Number of fatalities (F) 0

Lost time injuries (LTI) 45

Medical treatment only (MTO) 43

Total number of working days lost – new claims 1 039

5. Cost of workers compensation

Cost of new claims for fi nancial year * $358 465

Cost of all claims excluding lump sum payments * $889 145

Amount paid for lump sum payments (s42, s43, s44) * (s42) $387 499

(s43) $137 878

(s44) $0

Total amount recovered from external sources (s54) (s54) $134 000

Budget allocation for workers compensation $1 655 000

6. Trends

Injury frequency rate for new lost-time injury/disease for each million hours worked 14.03

Most frequent cause (mechanism) of injury Body stressing

Most expensive cause (mechanism) of injury Falls, trips and slips

86 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report ACCOUNT PAYMENT PERFORMANCE

In accordance with the Treasurer’s Instruction No. 11, all government agencies are required to report on a monthly basis the number and value of creditors’ accounts paid and the extent to which the accounts have been paid.

The Department has set itself a target to reach the accepted best practice benchmark of 90 per cent of accounts being paid by their due date. The Department this year has exceeded this target. The remaining seven per cent of invoices reflect both disputed accounts and late payment of disputed accounts.

Number of Percentage of Value in $A of Percentage of Accounts Accounts paid Accounts paid Accounts paid Paid (by number) (by value)

Paid by Due Date* 73 129 87% 727 603 341 93%

Paid within 30 days or less from due date 7 574 9% 42 027 184 5%

Paid more than 30 from due date 2 894 3% 13 384 134 2%

*The due date is defined as per 11.2 of the instruction. Unless there is a discount or written agreement between the public authority and the creditor, payment should be within thirty days of the date of the invoice of the invoice or claim.

87 BOARDS AND COMMITTEES

The recently released State Strategic Plan has stated a clear target, under Objective 5 Building Communities, to increase the number of women on all State Government boards and committees to 50 percent on average by 2006. Agencies are working to achieve this goal. Progress towards meeting this target is reported at the Ministerial portfolio level, as not all boards and committees are attributable to administrative units.

In line with this, the following is a summary of the number of boards and committees and the respective gender balance as at 30 June 2004.

Gender balance on boards and committees

Number of Boards and Minister Gender Statistics as at 30 June 2004 Committees as at 30 June 2004

TOTAL

Male 105 = 70% Minister for Transport 14 Female 45 = 30%

Minister for State/Local Government Male 50 = 73.53% 8 Relations Female 18 = 26.47%

Minister for Urban Development and Male 77 = 70.64% 12 Planning Female 32 = 29.36%

Male Nil Minister for the Southern Suburbs Nil Female Nil

88 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS

The contractual arrangements entered into by the Department that exceed $4 million and continue beyond one year are detailed below.

Project Description Supplier/Private Sector Participant Duration

Provision of Photographic Licences for Australia Post 2010 Transport SA and other SA Government Agencies

Construction of RN 603 Portrush Road, Emoleum 2006 Stannington Ave - Wesley Lane

Construction of City West Connector Bardavcol Pty. Ltd. 2006

Supply of Compaction Plant & Equipment 2005 Cavill Power (Including Associates Services)

Bus Stop Pty. Ltd. Panel Contract for Rust Rectifi cation All Transport Industries Pty. Ltd. 2006 Refurbishing and Painting of State Owned Metro Buses Custom Care Pty. Ltd. North East Bus Repair Pty. Ltd.

Provision of passenger transport services to Whyalla Des’s Transport Pty. Ltd. 2014

89 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION STATEMENT

INTRODUCTION • Plans and drawings detailing the infrastructure maintained by DTUP. This statement is published in accordance with Section 9(2) of the Freedom of Information Act 1991. • Asset management agreements and related records. • Prosecution records. AGENCY STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS • Records relating to the registration of vehicles and DTUP’s structures and functions are detailed earlier in this boats etc. report, refer to Profile Structure, Organisation Chart and agency reports. • Records relating to the licensing of vehicle and boat drivers. • Road projects (development, maintenance, upgrade EFFECT OF THE AGENCY’S FUNCTIONS ON etc). MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC • Records relating to development applications, In accordance with the Government of South Australia’s environmental impact statements, plan amendment stated agenda for open and accountable government, it is reports. DTUP’s role to: • Accounting and financial records relating to the running • Plan effectively to facilitate economic growth and social of the Department. wellbeing. • Contracts. • Increase the effectiveness of public transport in terms of both patronage and social inclusion. The bulk of these are arranged in hard copy format, • Maximise the contribution of transport to the South although some are stored electronically or in microform. Australian economy. The listing of these categories does not necessarily imply that all documents falling into the categories are accessible • Increase the effective working relationship between in full or in part under the Act. State and local government. • Encourage environmental sustainability. ACCESS ARRANGEMENTS, PROCEDURES, AND • Encourage social inclusion initiatives throughout the POINTS OF CONTACT Department. Applications under the Freedom of Information Act for access to documents in the possession of DTUP should be in writing and be accompanied by the prescribed application ARRANGEMENTS FOR PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN fee and directed to: POLICY FORMATION DTUP involves the public in policy formation in a number of Accredited Freedom of Information Officer ways. Consultation occurs with consumer groups through ad-hoc community surveys, community liaison sessions and Department of Transport and Urban Planning agency promotional activities. Level 12, Roma Mitchell House 136 North Terrace Agencies within the Department regularly consult with ADELAIDE SA 5000. members of the public regarding a wide range of issues relating to the business roles of the entities.

DESCRIPTION OF THE KINDS OF DOCUMENTS HELD BY THE DEPARTMENT REGIONAL IMPACT DTUP’s documents fall broadly into the following STATEMENTS categories: • Corporate files containing correspondence, memoranda and minutes etc on all aspects of the Department’s For this financial year, the Department has not prepared any operations. regional impact statements. • Policies, procedures and guidelines prescribing the way various activities are to be performed. • Personnel files relating to DTUP’s employees. 90 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report OVERSEAS TRAVEL

During 2003–04, nine officers from the Department were required to travel overseas as part of their employment at a total cost of $56 283 to the Department.

The reasons for travel are summarised below and are as diverse as the operations of the Department. This information has been prepared in accordance with the Public Sector Management Act 1995 Direction No. 9.

No. of Destination Reason for Travel Total Cost Employees

Present paper in Canada, investigate road maintenance in UK and 1 Canada/UK/Portugal $14 567 attend a workshop in Portugal.

Represent AUSTROADS at PIARC World Congress in Durban, meet 1 Johannesburg $7 254 with senior offi cers.

Invited to SPRING (Standards Department) Industry Food Standard 1 Singapore $3 261 Committee working group by Singapore Government.

$3 779 1 Auckland Attend the 20th MX Conference.

Carried out an audit review of crash test facilities at manufacturers test 1 Tokyo $3 915 facility in Japan. Results published in Australia.

Chaired a meeting of the Australasian New Car Assessment. NZ funded 1 Wellington $2 790 some travel.

Represent Australia at international forum of Road Authorities, gathering 1 Paris $6 486 information, management practices.

Attend the initial meeting of the new technical committee as the 1 Paris Australian delegate to the PIARC (World Road Association) Technical $5 478 Committee on Road Safety.

View and assess the fl exity of classic trams and consider their suitability 1 Frankfurt $8 753 for Adelaide.

91 ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTION PLAN REPORT

Energy consumption in buildings across the DTUP portfolio (33 464 646 Kwhs) by 1 110 435 Kwhs or 3.32 per cent. has reduced by one point one per cent in comparison to the The significant contributor to this increased energy baseline year (2000-01); however, expenditure on energy in consumption was the Adelaide Cemeteries Authority’s buildings increased by 4.5 per cent in comparison to the increased use of natural gas for its crematorium. baseline year. This increase in expenditure was due to the If the reduction in energy consumption achieved by the increased rates for electricity arising from whole of Traffic Signal LED project is incorporated into this target, government electricity contracts. DTUP now exceeds the target by 1.2 per cent (485 248 Kwhs). This is a very good result as the LED project benefits accounts for only six months of the 2003-04 DTUP’s energy consumption for buildings for the 2003-04 financial year. financial year (34 575 081 Kwhs) exceeded the government’s building energy reduction target

ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTION PLAN REPORT - DTUP

ENERGY USE ENERGY USE EXPENDITURE GHG EMISSIONS (Kwh) (GJ) ($) (kgs Co2)

Base Year 2000-01

- Public Transport - Buildings 9 818 320 31 477 956 832 9 319 036

- Planning 450 308 1 621 58 796 499 392

- OPT 327 690 1 180 42 600 363 408

- OCE 64 903 234 8 291 71 977

- Minister’s Office 58 064 209 7 336 64 393

- West Beach Trust 9 616 928 14 751 303 515 2 605 758

- Adelaide Cemetries Authority 2 835 423 3 434 59 030 397 130

- R&L 1 216 205 4 378 174 647 1 348 771

- TSA metered contestable sites 7 398 802 26 636 908 706 8 205 271

- TSA metered non-contestable 3 073 439 11 064 479 656 3 408 444

Total Energy - Buildings 2000-01 34 860 082 94 984 2 999 409 26 283 580

Adelaide Cemetries - unleaded fuel LITRES 14 654 501 14 023 33 118

Adelaide Cemetries Authority – distillate LITRES 15 967 616 15 101 42 951

West Beach Trust - unleaded fuel LITRES 31 070 1 063 29 733 70 218

West Beach Trust – distillate LITRES 21 587 833 20 416 58 069

- TSA Unleaded Fuel LITRES 1 215 823 41 581 992 974 2 747 760

- TSA Distillate LITRES 2 981 874 115 100 2 501 681 8 021 241

- Public Transport - Petrol LITRES 116 606 3 988 94 334 263 530

- Public Transport - Distillate LITRES 23 241 380 897 117 19 336 067 62 519 312

- Public Transport - CNG - MEGAJOULES 202 335 960 202 336 2 210 515 11 007 076

-Public Transport - Electricity - Kwhs 4 646 423 16 727 565 989 5 152 883

- TSA tariffed road lighting* 16 533 366 59 520 3 012 172 18 335 503

- TSA tarrifed traffic signals* 6 125 873 22 053 943 335 6 793 593

- TSA ferry operations - electricity only 36 800 132 5 431 40 811

TOTAL - ALL ENERGY 2000-01 292 177 465 1 456 553 32 741 182 141 369 646 92 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

ENERGY EFFICIENCY ACTION PLAN REPORT - DTUP

ENERGY USE ENERGY USE EXPENDITURE GHG EMISSIONS (Kwh) (GJ) ($) (kgs Co2)

Year being reported 2003-04

- Public Transport - Buildings 9 094 801 32 524 927 604 9 112 815

- Planning 451 676 1 626 61 814 500 909

- OPT 380 971 1 371 56 278 422 497

- OCE 54 671 197 7 482 60 630

- Office of Local Government 110 327 397 15 098 122 353

- Minister’s Office 58 151 209 8 025 64 489

- R&L 143 457 516 20 965 159 094

- Office of the North 10 464 38 1 500 11 605

- Office for the Southern Suburbs 6 474 23 928 7 180

- Office of the Murray 10 333 37 1 687 11 459

- Office of the Upper Spencer Gulf, 12 369 45 2 019 13 717 Flinders Ranges and Outback

- West Beach Trust 10 142 630 15 696 325 675 2 804 185

- Adelaide Cemetries Authority 3 915 724 4 763 89 073 556 819

- TSA metered sites 10 183 033 36 659 1 631 066 11 292 984

Total Energy - Buildings 2003-04 34 575 081 94 102 3 149 215 25 140 735

Adelaide Cemetries - unleaded fuel LITRES 19 963 683 19 003 45 116

Adelaide Cemetries Authority – distillate LITRES 14 453 558 13 044 38 879

West Beach Trust - unleaded fuel LITRES 25 470 871 24 245 57 562

West Beach Trust – distillate LITRES 17 534 677 15 824 47 166

- TSA Unleaded Fuel LITRES 1 026 381 35 102 827 846 2 319 621

- TSA Distillate LITRES 2 022 623 78 073 1 545 132 5 440 855

- TSA LPG LITRES 99 826 2 655 34 114 152 734

- Public Transport Petrol LITRES 149 771 5 122 123 026 338 482

- Public Transport Distillate LITRES 23 641 342 912 556 19 168 182 63 595 210

- Public Transport- CNG - MEGAJOULES 297 593 909 297 594 3 624 755 16 189 109

-Public Transport - Electricity - Kwhs 4 213 162 15 167 568 416 4 672 397

- tariffed road lighting* 15 881 860 57 175 3 135 028 17 612 983

- tariffed traffic signals* 6 239 000 22 460 1 120 000 6 919 051

- ferry operations - electricity only 37 110 134 5 830 41 155

TOTAL - ALL ENERGY 2003-04 385 557 484 1 522 929 33 373 660 142 611 054

DTUP Target (2003-04 electricity only) 33 359 069 120 093 2 870 260 36 995 223

DTUP Target (2010 electricity only) 29 631 027 106 672 2 549 494 32 860 862

Percent change from baseline year (2000/01) -0.8% -0.9% 5.0% -4.3% energy-buildings 2003/04

*Road lighting and traffic signals are not metered and so energy consumption is not measured. Cost is based on specified tariffs according to lamp wattage and estimated active time. Tariffs are bundled charges which include ETSA Utilities network and distribution cost components. Adelaide Cemetries Authority and West Beach Trust are Statutory Authorities attached to Planning SA, reporting to the Minister for Urban Development and Planning.

The Office of Local Government was transferred to the Department of Trade and Economic Development 93 on 8/04/03 and was transferred back to the DTUP portfolio on 30/06/04. SIGNIFICANT ENERGY MANAGEMENT Traffic Signals: Light Emitting Diode (LED) Program ACHIEVEMENTS • TSA received funding of $3 million for the 2003-04 financial year to undertake its traffic signal lantern Energy Performance Contract (EPC) replacement program with Light Emitting Diode (LED) • The EPC in the Walkerville building was completed in technology. June 2004 at a capital cost of $973 000 and a five to • A total of 242 signal sites were upgraded resulting in an seven year payback period. energy reduction of approximately 1 500 000 Kwhs, • The EPC was conducted by Energy Conservation which is equivalent to 1 779 tonnes of greenhouse gas Systems (ECS), which is responsible for guaranteeing emissions. The metrology process for traffic lights was savings of $183 039 per annum (30 per cent reduction finalised in May 2004, and details regarding the actual in cost) and guaranteed reductions in greenhouse gas savings have not yet been finalised. However, emissions of 1028 tonnes per annum (25 per cent estimated savings could be in the vicinity of $700 000 reduction). annually. • The EPC focussed on Heating, Ventilation and Air- conditioning system (HVAC), lighting, Building Energy Audits Management System (BMS) and water management. • Energy audits were conducted at Regency Park, • The Energy Efficiency Reference Group (EERG) Oaklands Park, Port Augusta and Crystal Brook. attended the Walkerville building as part of a field trip to Recommendations arising from those audits will be hear a presentation on the EPC and see the impact of examined during 2004-05. the energy efficient luminaries and managed lighting control system. Bus, Tram and Rail Operations • Measurement of energy consumption in the building Some of the energy and environmental initiatives before the installation and prior to its completion shows undertaken by transport service providers include: a reduction of 430 Kwhs. Reductions in energy • Improved recycling of water in the bus wash facility attributable to lighting efficiencies are still being achieved water reduction savings of around two million monitored through data loggers placed on levels four litres. and seven. Preliminary results suggest that lighting has been reduced from approximately 9.5 Kwhs to two • Twelve buses fitted with catalytic converters produced Kwhs. fuel savings, with ‘pay-back’ to be achieved within three to four years. • Serco Depot will be used for the distribution of trees under the ‘Trees for Life‘ Program.

Note: Tables below and on next page include data from TransAdelaide.

Transport SA - Walkerville Level 7 DB 32 Lighting Load 12.0

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0 Lighting Load (kW) Lighting

2.0

0.0 012345678910111213141516171819202122230 Pre Hours (Thursday 12/09/2002) Post Hours (Thursday 13/05/2004)

94 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Consumption on all sites exceeding 160,000 Kwhs per annum

7,500,000

7,000,000

6,500,000

6,000,000 CONSUMPTION - Kwhs - CONSUMPTION 5,500,000

5,000,000

FINANCIAL YEAR 00/01 01/02 02/03 03/04

Total expenditure on all sites consuming in excess of 160,000 Kwhs per annum for the last four years

1,160,000.00

1,140,000.00

1,120,000.00

1,100,000.00

1,080,000.00

1,060,000.00

EXPENDITURE 1,040,000.00

1,020,000.00

1,000,000.00

FINANCIAL YEAR 00/01 01/02 02/03 03/04

ANNUAL ENERGY USE REPORTING - DTUP

TARGET FIGURE TARGET FIGURE TARGET FIGURE TARGET FIGURE YEAR energy use % decrease Kwhs-with LED % decrease expenditure GHG emissions Kwhs and EPC project.

Base yr 2000-01 34 970 409.00 41 096 282.00 3 014 507.01 38 782 183.58

2001-02 34 813 042.16 0.45% 40 911 348.73 0.45% 3 000 941.73 38 607 663.75

2002-03 34 132 186.09 2.40% 40 111 225.03 2.40% 2 942 250.81 37 852 602.09

2003-04 33 464 645.86 4.31% 38 828 833.75 5.52% 2 884 707.74 37 112 307.40

2004-05 32 810 161.05 6.18% 37 073 605.83 9.79% 2 828 290.07 36 386 490.87

2005-06 32 168 476.33 8.01% 32 303 349.78 21.40% 2 772 975.79 35 674 869.35

2006-07 31 539 341.35 9.81% 27 626 388.02 32.78% 2 718 743.32 34 977 165.23

2007-08 30 922 510.68 11.58% 23 040 895.94 43.93% 2 665 571.50 34 293 106.32

2008-09 30 317 743.68 13.30% 18 545 084.62 54.87% 2 613 439.59 33 622 425.75

2009-10* 29 724 804.41 15.00% 14 137 200.13 65.60% 2 562 327.25 32 964 861.88

2010-11 28 951 959.50 2.60%

2011-12 28 199 208.55 5.13%

2012-13 27 466 029.13 7.60%

2013-14 26 751 912.37 10.00%

* 2010 target is based on energy consumption in buildings only. This table is based on a target reduction of 15 percent by the year 2010. The LED project is expected to reduce consumption by 3 049 356 Kwhs annually from 2005-06. The EPC project saves 1 028 tonnes of Carbon Dioxide (CO2) annually, half of the annual cost savings of $183 039 in 2003-04, and 100 per cent saving every year after that. It also reduces energy consumption by half 95 the annual fi gure of 995 833 Kwhs in 2003-04 and the full annual amount every year after that. NATIONAL COMPETITION POLICY

The report to the National Competition Council – In April 1995, the Commonwealth and all State and Territory Implementation of National Competition Policy and Related governments entered into three inter-governmental Reforms in SA – March 2003 is available at the Department agreements concerning National Competition Policy. of the Premier and Cabinet website at: http://www.premcab.sa.gov.au/dpc/publications_competitio Those agreements were the Conduct Code Agreement, the n_documents.html#annual_reports Competition Principles Agreement and the Agreement to Implement the National Competition Policy and Related Reforms. Competitive neutrality complaints should be directed to the:

The Agreement to Implement the National Competition Competition Complaints Commissioner Policy and Related Reforms provides for certain payments Department of the Premier and Cabinet to be made to the States and Territories, on the condition Level 14 that reforms set out in the agreement are implemented. It State Administration Centre also incorporates a set of national road transport reforms originating in the Heavy Vehicles Agreement 1991 and Light 200 Victoria Square Vehicles Agreement 1992. South Australia has completed Adelaide SA 5000 all assessable National Competition Policy road transport Telephone: (08) 8226 0903 reform obligations. Facsimile: (08) 8226 1111

The Conduct Code Agreement concerned the application of the Competition Code of Part IV of the Trade Practices Act 1974 to all business activities. Previously, the Act exempted State Government business activities. The necessary legislation to implement this agreement was enacted by Commonwealth and State Governments in 1996.

The Competition Principles Agreement concerns policies and principles affecting government business. This agreement requires review and, where appropriate, reform of legislation that restricts competition. Legislation that has been identified as restricting competition has been reviewed, and legislative reform, where appropriate, has occurred or will follow in the second half of 2004.

The Competition Principles Agreement also requires the State Government to apply competitive neutrality policy and principles to its significant business activities. These principles were proclaimed under the Government Business Enterprise (Competition) Act 1996 in May 1997 to be corporatisation, tax equivalence, debt guarantee, private sector equivalent regulation and cost effective pricing.

At 31 December 2003, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning had three significant business activities being TransAdelaide, West Beach Trust, and the Adelaide Cemeteries Authority. All three are corporatised entities and comply with competitive neutrality principles.

Further information of National Competition Policy can be accessed from the National Competition Council website at www.ncc.gov.au

96 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report RECONCILIATION

The Department is committed to reconciliation. The opportunities for recruitment in DTUP. A trainee position Department’s Reconciliation Group has representatives from has been established in the Rural Operations Directorate, across the Department as well as receiving continued Transport Services, DTUP. DTUP has appointed, under support from Arts SA. Aboriginal scholarships, a female civil engineer and a female HR consultant, in Rural Operations and Corporate Services, DTUP, respectively. DTUP has established a further two The Chief Executive and Executive Directors of the Aboriginal Scholarships and is seeking to offer these in Department have agreed to the direction of the 2004-05. Reconciliation Group and support has been given to many initiatives since the group’s inception. The group was established to: The Port River Expressway project requires the contractor to employ two Aboriginal people on the project. This was • Ensure reconciliation activities and initiatives take a high achieved over the past two years on Stage 1 and these priority in DTUP. terms are also applicable to Stage 2. • Develop a strategy which identifies priorities and achievable initiatives in line with the priorities identified The Office of Public Transport within DTUP has employed a across the SA Government. clerical trainee in the Integrated Services Planning Team focussed on regional transport services and issues, as well Reconciliation Statement as an Indigenous trainee at the Yorke Peninsula Community The Department’s Reconciliation Statement was endorsed Passenger Networks (CPN) assisting in the engagement of by the Chief Executive and Executive Directors of DTUP and Indigenous people from Point Pearce Aboriginal Mission. continues to be displayed prominently across the Department in both metropolitan and regional centres, Cultural Awareness including all customer service areas. A total of 21 DTUP employees attended the first residential Aboriginal Cultural Awareness Training at Iga Warta in the DTUP has adopted a Welcome to Country/Statement of Flinders Ranges from 26-28 March 2004. The feedback Acknowledgement protocol and it is a standard feature at received from this training was positive and DTUP is the beginning of major meetings. The protocol cards are committed to providing training for more staff. displayed prominently in meeting places in the Department. At major activities organised by, or in partnership with, In 2004-05, DTUP will be providing cultural awareness DTUP, Aboriginal elders are invited to offer the welcome to training initially to those areas of the business that have country. committed to trainees and scholarships or that have active involvement in dealing with Aboriginal issues and Public Sector Employment and Human Resource communities. Capacity Building In January 2004, DTUP implemented an Aboriginal DTUP (Office of Public Transport) jointly funds 11 Employment Strategy and Policy that commits to increasing Community Passenger Networks (CPN) throughout regional the number of Aboriginal employees across the department, South Australia and has commenced cultural awareness particularly in skill shortage areas. training for the CPN Coordinators and their trainees to better understand, respect and engage people of culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds including those of Induction, mentoring, training, flexible leave and other Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander origin. strategies that support the long-term retention and development of Aboriginal employees are currently being developed and will be progressed by a DTUP Aboriginal Employment Reference Group. This employment program is ongoing and will be integrated with DTUP’s core recruitment and workforce planning processes.

These initiatives are consistent with, and aim to deliver, the outcomes to be achieved through the SA Public Sector Aboriginal Employment Strategy.

DTUP has established contacts with central agency Aboriginal employment providers and is exploring 97 Partnerships with Aboriginal People The Government’s Road Safety Advisory Council (RSAC) established the Aboriginal Road Safety Taskforce to examine and report on road safety issues concerning Aboriginal people in South Australia.

The taskforce has been developing a draft SA Aboriginal Road Safety Strategy document.

An Aboriginal Local Service Agreement project is being undertaken with joint State Government (OLG) and local government financial contributions. Phase One of the project engaged relevant councils and landholders located within the area of the council discussions.

With a view to establishing integrated passenger services throughout regional South Australia as well as in metropolitan Adelaide (as part of the Southern Metropolitan Transport Study), DTUP has continued to work together with key Indigenous groups and bodies. These include AP Lands stakeholders, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission (ATSIC), other state and local government agencies as well as community organisations in order to meet the transport requirements of Indigenous Australians. Commencing with the AP lands, the SA Local Government Grants Commission (together with DTUP (Transport SA)) is participating in a whole-of-government mapping of roads in Aboriginal lands so as to implement an improvement in road planning.

DTUP represents SA on the national Task Force investigating airstrips serving remote indigenous communities. It has formed a state-working group of appropriate agencies and aboriginal stakeholders to jointly investigate the condition of a strategic network of airstrips servicing the state’s aboriginal lands and to determine the cost of remediation and ongoing maintenance. This information will be input into the national process for funding of these works.

THE WAY FORWARD FOR 2004-05 The focus for reconciliation in 2004-05 will be the continued implementation of the employment strategy, together with a greater emphasis on providing staff with opportunities to access cultural awareness training.

98 DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report CONSULTANCIES

The following tables display the Department’s expenditure over a number of financial years, congruent with the nature on consultancies during the 2003–04 financial year. The of the project as it is delivered. division used for reporting consultancies is below $10 000, The consultancies listed below reflect the aggregate $10 000–$50 000 and above $50 000. number of consultancies, which payments were made during 2003–04 for the Department, including those made The year to date column depicts the amount actually spent from the Planning and Development Fund. These have on the respective consultancies during the reporting period. been identified for ease of reference back to the respective Payments on some of the larger consultancies are spread Notes to and Forming Part of the Financial Statements.

No. of No. of Value of 2002–03 Consultancies Consultancies 2003–04 Expenditure Consultancies Let Expenditure 2002–03 2003–04 Below $10 000 11 4 62,000 20,000 $10 000 –$50 000 5 10 101,000 171,000 Above $50 000 2 3 110,000 221,000 Total 18 17 273,000* 412,000

Between $10 000 and $50 000 Number of consultancies in this category: 10

Consulting Firm Service Provided

Independent Reference Group Minister’s Local Government Forum

Broad market research to ‘map’ the constituency of interest in Neighbourhood Harrision Market Research Character in its meanings to communities across metro Adelaide.

Professionally facilitated workshops actively engaging community groups on the Urban & Regional Planning Solutions issue of Neighbourhood Character. Demographics Australia PTY LTD & Software updates, technical manual and operations workbook. Carimwell Pty Ltd

Meyrick & Associates Outer Harbour Channel Deepening Study

Parsons Brickehoff Preparation of a Toll System Functional Specifi cation

Investigations associated with the Port Adelaide Waterfront Redevelopment QED Pty Ltd PAR & the Port Adelaide Regional Centre PAR.

Equity & Advisory Ltd Financial Evaluation Adelaide Light Rail Rolling Stock

Separate analysis of the effectiveness of present policy through a retrospective Jensen Planning & Design of selected development applications.

PSI Consulting Probity Auditor – Port Rive Expressway (PREXY)

Above $50 000 Number of consultancies in this category: 3

Consulting Firm Service Provided

Connell Wagner Assess the current condition of the Glenelg to Victoria Square Tram way track

Technical advice pertaining to the drafting of specifi cations, assessment of TMG International tenders and commissioning of 9 new Light Rail Vehicles required for the upgrade of the Glenelg to Victoria Square Tramway

Equity & Advisory Ltd Outer Harbour Channel Deepening Study

*NOTE: 2002-03 expenditure corrects an error in the 2002-03 annual report and reflects actual expenditure. 99 Refer note 7 in the financials. FINANCIAL PAGES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

Financial Overview

For the purposes of review ing the D epartm ent's financial perform ance, the actual results for 2003-04 have been com pared to its estimated outcom e set in May 2004 as part of the State Budget.

The follow ing tables provide summaries of the Statem ent of Financial Perform ance, Statem ent of Financial Position and Statem ent of Cash Flow s that com pare the Estimated Result for 2003-04, the actual results for 2003-04 and the actual results for 2002-03. The detailed Financial Statem ents reflecting the actual results for 2003-04 appear later in this report. SUMMARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2004

Estimated Actual Actual Result 2003-04 2002-03 2003-04 $'000 $'000 $'000

l Cash flow from operating activities Paym ents(433 290) (487 390) (302 156) Receipts 507 713 466 157 401 812 Cash flow s from Governm ents 116 589 154 361 44 346 Net Cash provided by operating activities 191 011 133 128 144 002

l Cash flow s from investing and financing activities Investing activities (143 008) (115 080) (118 296) Financing activities ( 295) (3 962) 29 069 Net cash used in investing and financing (143 303) (119 042) (89 227) activities

Cash flows from restructuring - 13 495 ( 287) Net C hanges in cash held 47 708 27 581 54 488 Cash at the beginning of the financial year 153 953 140 638 86 148 Prior Period Adjustments -- 2 Cash at the end of the financial year 201 661 168 219 140 638

Notes: The budget reflects estimated outcome for 2003-04 and does not include the budget for the Planning and Development Fund or Administered Items SUMMARY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2004

Estimated Actual Actual Result 2003-04 2002-03 2003-04 $'000 $'000 $'000 O perating Expenses 564 676 622 952 526 995 O perating R evenues 505 803 442 888 425 080 Net Cost of Services (58 874) (180 064) (101 915) R evenue from Governm ent 116 589 154 361 44 346 Paym ents to Governm ent 6 570 6 507 13 001 Disposal of N on-Current A ssets-2 374 (1 823) Net R evenue from Restructuring - 32 837 ( 101) C hange in Net A ssets from O perations 57 715 3 001 (72 494) after incom e tax and abnormal item s

Net Credit to an asset revaluation on 1 804 (149 396) 92 819 revaluation of non-current assets Net Credit to recognise previously --4 651 unidentified assets Net credit to recognise prior period -- 488 adjustm ents C hanges in Equity 59 519 (146 395) 25 464

Notes: The budget reflects estimated outcome for 2003-04 and does not include the budget for the Planning and Development Fund or Administered Items SUMMARY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT ENDED 30 JUNE 2004

Estimated Actual Actual Result 2003-04 2002-03 2003-04 $'000 $'000 $'000 Current A ssets 235 799 207 614 170 893 N on-Current A ssets5 030 765 4 844 570 5 010 172 Total Assets 5 266 564 5 052 184 5 181 065 Current Liabilities 65 112 77 812 61 864 N on-Current Liabilities 81 073 82 004 80 674 Total Liabilities 146 185 159 816 142 538 Net Assets 5 120 379 4 892 368 5 038 527 Equity 5 079 070 4 892 368 5 038 527

Notes: The budget reflects estimated outcome for 2003-04 and does not include the budget for the Planning and Development Fund or Administered Items

Department of Transport and Urban Planning

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004 Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000 Expenses from Ordinary Activities Em ployee Expenses 6 107 739 89 362 Supplies and Services 7 211 330 170 150 Bus and Rail Service C ontracts8 100 731 - D epreciation and Am ortisation 9 139 647 144 699 Grants and Subsidies 10 20 717 6 159 Borrow ing Costs 6 602 6 918 Net Expense Resulting from Correction of Errors11 5 813 - Work in Progress Adjustm ent 12 22 435 105 300 Other 13 7 938 4 407 Total Expenses from Ordinary Activities 622 952 526 995 Revenues from Ordinary Activities Fees and C harges 15 51 676 22 626 C om m onw ealth R evenue 16 69 291 61 478 C oncessional Incom e 17 16 243 - Interest 18 2 115 1 315 R egistration and Licensing fees 19 230 183 244 820 Net Gain or Loss from Disposal of A ssets20 2 374 (1 823) Bus and D epot Leases 16 075 30 616 R esources Received Free of C harge 21 12 570 33 076 Commissions 6 710 5 836 Other 22 38 025 25 313 Total Revenue from Ordinary Activities 445 262 423 257 Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities 43 (177 690) (103 738) Revenues from / Payments to SA Government R evenues from SA Governm ent 23 154 361 44 346 Paym ents to SA Governm ent 23 6 507 13 001 Net Result from Ordinary Activities (29 836) (72 393) Increase/(Decrease) in Net A ssets due to Administrative 24 32 837 ( 101) Restructure Net Result after Restructuring and after Income Tax 3 001 (72 494) N on-O w ner Transaction changes in Equity: Net Credit to R ecognise Previously Unidentified A ssets39 - 4 651 Net Credit to R ecognise Prior Period Adjustm ents39 - 488 Increase/(Decrease) in the A sset Revaluation Reserve 39 (149 396) 92 819 Total Revenue, Expenses and Valuation Adjustments (149 396) 97 958 Recognised Directly in Equity Total Changes in Equity other than those Resulting from (146 395) 25 464 Transactions with the State Government as owner

The above statem ent should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2004 Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000 Current Assets Cash 25 168 219 140 638 Receivables 26 33 616 23 525 Inventories 27 5 286 6 579 Other 28 493 151 Total Current Assets 207 614 170 893 Non-Current Assets Receivables 26 40 - Land, Buildings and Facilities 29 354 472 325 642 Plant and Equipm ent 30 122 654 94 166 Network A ssets314 225 128 4 422 354 C apital Works in Progress 32 141 456 166 914 Intangibles 33 820 1 096 Total Non-Current Assets 4 844 570 5 010 172 Total Assets 5 052 184 5 181 065 Current Liabilities Payables 34 59 256 48 503 Interest Bearing Liabilities 35 1 100 - Em ployee Benefits 36A 10 314 8 124 Provisions 37 1 112 1 431 Other 38 6 030 3 806 Total Current Liabilities 77 812 61 864 Non-Current Liabilities Payables 34 3 133 2 969 Interest Bearing Liabilities 35 48 728 47 760 Em ployee Benefits 36A 27 548 26 121 Provisions 37 2 595 3 824 Total Non-Current Liabilities 82 004 80 674 Total Liabilities 159 816 142 538 Net Assets 4 892 368 5 038 527 Equity C ontributed C apital 39 176 993 159 938 A ccum ulated Surplus 39 3 581 362 3 598 855 A sset Revaluation Reserve 39 1 134 013 1 279 734 Total Equity 4 892 368 5 038 527 Commitm ents for Expenditure41 C ontingent Liabilities and A ssets42

The above Statem ent of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004 Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000 Cash flows from Operating Activities Cash Outflows Paym ents to Governm ent ( 796) (1 970) Em ployee Paym ents (107 686) (87 929) Supplies and Services (206 145) (172 837) Bus and Rail Service C ontracts (96 412) - Grants and Subsidies (20 779) (5 983) Borrow ing Costs (6 589) (6 984) GST paym ents on Purchases (40 579) (25 606) Other (8 404) ( 847) Total Outflows from Operating Activities (487 390) (302 156) Cash Inflows Receipts from Governm ent 154 361 44 346 Fees and C harges 51 488 22 746 Receipts from C om m onw ealth 69 291 61 478 C oncessional Incom e Received 17 730 - Interest Received 2 152 1 085 R egistration and Licensing Fees 230 183 244 820 Bus and D epot Leases 16 243 33 747 Commissions 6 710 5 836 GST receipts on Sales 28 159 25 464 GST input tax credits from ATO 9 017 - Other 35 184 6 636 Total Inflows from Operating Activities 620 518 446 158 Net Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from Operating 43 133 128 144 002 Activities Cash flows from Investing Activities Cash Outflows Purchase of Property, Plant and Equipm ent (36 679) (20 756) Purchase of Network A ssets (100 025) (104 255) Total Outflows from Investing Activities (136 704) (125 011) Cash Inflows Proceeds from Sale of Property, Plant and Equipm ent 21 624 6 715 Total Inflows from Investing Activities 21 624 6 715 Net Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from Investing Activities (115 080) (118 296) Cash flows from Financing Activities Cash Outflows Distributions to Governm ent (3 117) (10 555) R epaym ent of Borrow ings (1 100) - Total Outflows from Financing Activities (4 217) (10 555) Cash Inflows C apital C ontributions from Governm ent (not operations) 255 39 624 Proceeds from Restructuring Activities 13 495 ( 287) Total Inflows from Financing Activities 13 750 39 337 Net Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from Financing 9 533 28 782 Activities Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash Held 27 581 54 488 Prior Period Adjustm ent - 2 Cash at the Beginning of the Financial Year 140 638 86 148 Cash at the End of the Financial Year 25 168 219 140 638

The above Statem ent of Cashflow s should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

PROGRAM SCHEDULE OF REVENUES AND EXPENSES

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Policy C oordination, Office for the R egional Local R egulatory Information Office of the Developm ent G eneral Developm ent O perations Southern Ministerial Governm ent TO TAL Services Services North A ssessm ent Not attributable and Investm ent Suburbs Offices S ystem Strategy

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 Expenses from Ordinary Activities Em ployee Expenses 16 395 30 659 50 226 4 150 230 354 291 2 863 1 874 697 107 739 89 362 Supplies and Services 9 054 21 195 171 363 7 301 176 176 143 1 251 671 - 211 330 170 150 Bus and Rail Service C ontracts - - 100 731------100 731 - D epreciation and Am ortisation 146 295 138 792 69--- 345 - - 139 647 144 699 Grants and Subsidies 4 213 85 15 708 126 1 1- 17 566 - 20 717 6 159 Borrow ing Costs 13 002 3 595 4 ------6 602 6 918 Net Expense Resulting from a Correction of Errors- 776 4 956 81------5 813 - Work in Progress Adjustm ent - - 22 435------22 435 105 300 Other 702 5 121 1 930 71 25 6 11 72 - - 7 938 4 407 Total Expenses from Ordinary Activities 30 511 61 133 509 736 11 802 432 537 445 4 548 3 111 697 622 952 526 995 Revenues from Ordinary Activities Fees and C harges 570 3 229 45 686 385 - - - 1 806 - - 51 676 22 626 C om m onw ealth R evenue - - 69 291------69 291 61 478 C oncessional Incom e - - 16 243------16 243 - Interest 123 1 643 299 14--- 29 7-2 115 1 315 R egistration and Licensing fees 6 905 29 924 188 751 4 603------230 183 244 820 Net Gain/(Loss) from Disposal of A ssets--2 374------2 374 (1 823) Bus and D epot Leases - - 16 075------16 075 30 616 R esources Received Free of C harge - - 12 570------12 570 33 076 Net R evenue Resulting from a Correction of an Error------Commissions - 6 710------6 710 5 836 Other 437 470 35 195 927 33 - 37 3 226 697 38 025 25 313 Total Revenue from Ordinary Activities 8 035 41 976 386 484 5 929 33 - 37 1 838 233 697 445 262 423 257 Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities (22 476) (19 157) (123 252) (5 873) ( 399) ( 537) ( 408) (2 710) (2 878) - (177 690) (103 738) Government R evenues from Governm ent 13 350 8 564 120 808 5 399 404 - 469 2 564 2 803 - 154 361 44 346 Paym ents to Governm ent - - 6 507------6 507 13 001 Net Result from Ordinary Activities (9 126) (10 593) (8 951) ( 474) 5( 537) 61 ( 146) ( 75) - (29 836) (72 393) Department of Transport and Urban Planning

PROGRAM SCHEDULE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Policy C oordination, Local R egulatory Information Developm ent G eneral Developm ent O perations Governm ent TO TAL Services Services A ssessm ent Not attributable and Investm ent S ystem Strategy

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000

Assets

Current A ssets 2 872 108 16 134 328 363 73 187 736 207 614 170 893

N on-Current A ssets 316 135 4 491 871 421 956 - 350 871 4 844 570 5 010 172

Total Assets 3 188 243 4 508 005 749 1 319 73 538 607 5 052 184 5 181 065

Liabilities

Current Liabilities 3 372 178 2 607 728 411 296 70 220 77 812 61 864

N on-Current Liabilities 3 288 246 49 299 849 503 312 27 507 82 004 80 674

Total Liabilities 6 660 424 51 906 1 577 914 608 97 727 159 816 142 538

Net Assets ( 3 472) ( 181) 4 456 099 ( 828) 405 ( 535) 440 880 4 892 368 5 038 527 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

NOTE INDEX

Objectives of the D epartm ent of Transport and Urban Planning Note 1 D epartm ental Organisation Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Note 3 C hanges in Accounting Policies Note 4 Program s of the D epartm ent Note 5 Expense Notes Em ployee Expenses Note 6 TVSP disclosure Note 6 R em uneration of em ployees and N um ber of em ployees Note 6 Supplies and Services Note 7 C onsultancies Note 7 Bus and Rail Service C ontracts Note 8 D epreciation and Am ortisation Note 9 Grants and Subsidies Note 10 Net Expense Resulting from Correction of Errors Note 11 Work in Progress Adjustm ent Note 12 Other Note 13 Auditor's R em uneration Note 14 Paym ents to Governm ent Note 23 Revenue Notes Fees and C harges Note 15 C om m onw ealth R evenue Note 16 C oncessional Incom e Note 17 Interest Note 18 R egistration and Licensing Fees Note 19 R oad Safety Note 19 Net Gain/(Loss) on Disposal of A ssets Note 20 R esources received free of charge Note 21 Other Note 22 R evenue from Governm ent Note 23 Restructure Notes Transferred Functions Note 24 Asset Notes Cash Note 25 Receivables Note 26 Inventories Note 27 Other Note 28 Land, Buildings and Facilities Note 29 Plant and Equipm ent Note 30 Network A ssets Note 31 C apital Works in Progress Note 32 Intangibles Note 33 Liabilities Notes Payables Note 34 Interest Bearing Liabilities Note 35 Em ployee Benefits Note 36A Aggregate Em ployee Benefits and Related O ncosts Note 36B Provisions Note 37 Other Note 38 Equity Notes Equity Note 39 A ccum ulated Surplus Note 39 A sset Revaluation Reserve Note 39 Other Notes Financial Instrum ents Note 40 Commitm ents Note 41 C ontingent Liabilities and C ontingent A ssets Note 42 Cash Flow R econciliation Note 43 Indenture Ports Note 44 Rail Transport Facilitation Fund Note 45 C om m unity R oad Safety Fund Note 46 After Balance Date Events Note 47 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

1. Objectives of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning

The Department's objectives are: x Develop and provide policy advice and strategic transport plans including road safety, infrastructure and industry development plans. x Provide improved passenger transport to meet the social inclusion, environmental, efficiency and safety objectives of the Government by improving mobility and accessibility for all to enhance the quality of life of South Australians. x Achieve a transport system that supports State development and leads to an improved quality of life for all South Australians, by implementing government priorities and in collaboration with other tiers of government, industry groups and the community. x Develop and manage contracted passenger train and tram services within the metropolitan area. x Efficiently and effectively maintain and operate rail infrastructure, facilities and equipment within the metropolitan area. x Guide and administer the South Australian planning and development system that includes land use planning, building, urban design, and development proposals. x Facilitate a whole of government approach to improve economic development, social and environmental outcomes in the following regions identified as being of high need: x the Metropolitan North x the Southern Suburbs x the Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback x the River Murray communities x Strengthen South Australian communities through close cooperation between the State Government and Local Government.

The Department’s principal sources of funds are vehicle registration and driver licence fees, road user charges, State Government appropriations and Commonwealth Government Grants.

2. Departmental Organisation

The structure of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning has been established in a manner that provides clear accountabilities and responsibilities for all business areas and enables an open and steady flow of information between the areas. The business areas are: x Planning SA x Office of Local Government x Transport Services (trading as Transport SA) x Transport Planning x Office of Public Transport (from 1 January 2004) x Office for the Southern Suburbs x Office of the North x Regional Ministerial Offices (incorporating Office of the Murray and Office of the Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback).

During the 2002-03 financial year the Department of Transport and Urban Planning was restructured. The restructure included the introduction of two metropolitan offices (the Office of the North and the Office for the Southern Suburbs) and two regional offices. The two regional offices were transferred from the Attorney-General’s Department from 1 January 2003, with financial obligations transferring from 1 July 2003, however no assets or liabilities of any value were transferred. The restructure also resulted in the division of Transport SA into two agencies, Transport Services Agency (trading as Transport SA) and Transport Planning Agency from 1 January 2003.

Restructures also occurred during the 2003-04 financial year. On 1 January 2004, the Passenger Transport Board was abolished and the Agency became the Office for Public Transport. The Office has been incorporated in the Department’s consolidated accounts from that date. The Office of Local Government (OLG) transferred to the Department for Trade and Economic Development effective from 1 May 2004, however, was transferred back to this Department from 30 June 2004. For financial reporting Department of Transport and Urban Planning purposes, and materiality, OLG’s full year financials have been included in the Department’s financial statements and notes to the accounts.

The Executive Directors of the agencies within the Department report to the Chief Executive, Department of Transport and Urban Planning.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

3.1 Basis of Accounting

The financial report is a general purpose financial report. The accounts have been prepared in accordance with: x Treasurer’s Instructions and Accounting Policy Statements promulgated under the provision of the Public Finance and Audit Act, 1987 x Applicable Australian Accounting Standards x Other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia.

The Department’s Statement of Financial Performance and Statement of Financial Position have been prepared on an accrual basis and are in accordance with historical cost convention, except for certain assets that were valued in accordance with the valuation policy applicable.

The continued existence of the Department in its present form, and with its present programs, is dependent on Government policy and on continuing appropriations by Parliament for the Department’s administration and programs.

3.2 Reporting Entity

The Department of Transport and Urban Planning produces both Departmental and Administered financial statements. The Departmental financial statements include the use of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses controlled or incurred by the Department in its own right. The Administered financial statements includes the revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities which the Department administers on behalf of the SA Government but does not control.

3.3 Transferred Function

The Government Gazette (dated 18 December 2004) reported that the Passenger Transport Board was abolished to become the Office of Public Transport effective from 1 January 2004. The Office is now consolidated in the financial statements presented herein. The Statement of Financial Performance, Statement of Cash Flows and corresponding Notes to the Accounts include six months of the Office’s operations.

The Government Gazette (dated 1 April 2004) reported that the Office of Local Government was transferred from the Department of Transport and Urban Planning (the Department) to the Department of Trade and Economic Development effective from 1 May 2004. The Government Gazette (dated 24 June 2004) reported that the Office of Local Government was transferred back to the Department effective from 30 June 2004. For financial reporting purposes, and materiality, OLG’s full year financials have been included in the Department’s financial statements and notes to the accounts.

Refer to Note 24.

3.4 Transitional Reporting Arrangements

In accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AAS 29A “Amendments to the Transitional Provisions of AAS 29”, certain assets acquired prior to 1 July 1996 have not been recognised as assets in the Statement of Financial Position because of inherent difficulty in the reliable measurement of these assets. The assets concerned are land under roads and within carriageway reserves. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

3.5 Comparative Figures

In 2003-04, the Department of Treasury and Finance issued the first model financial report for South Australian Government Departments to ensure a consistent and uniform presentation for financial reporting in the SA Public Sector. These model accounts, although not mandated through the issue of a Treasurer’s Instruction, indicate the preferred form and content of financial statements for Departments.

The Department of Transport and Urban Planning has adopted the model financial report from the 2003- 04 financial year. Therefore, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation in these financial statements where required.

In addition, 2002-03 comparative data for the Office of Public Transport is not included in the financial statements, as the Office came into existence from 1 January 2004.

3.6 Rounding

All amounts in the financial statements have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000)

3.7 Service Provider Unit Operations

Service Provider units are individual work units within the Transport Services Agency of the Department operating on a fee for service basis. Service Provider units predominantly have as their clients other units of the Agency and may also undertake some work for external parties. Some Service Provider units charge actual costs directly to projects, while others retain actual costs within a working account prior to on-charging those costs. The recurrent or capital nature of the cost is therefore not readily apparent. A reliable means of allocating costs between investing and operating has been established based on the history of work performed or an apportionment relevant to the nature of the units’ operations.

Service Provider unit revenue arising from operations with external clients is disclosed in the Statement of Financial Performance. Revenue arising from intra-agency operations has been eliminated.

3.8 Taxation

In accordance with the National Competition Policy principles (Tax Equivalent Regime), it was agreed that State Government Business Enterprises in competition with private industry would be liable for payment of Commonwealth, State and Local Government taxes. An equivalent payment is made to the Department of Treasury and Finance. The Business Unit within the Department subject to the taxation equivalent regime is the Passenger Transport Asset Management (PTAM) Business Unit.

The Department is also liable for payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, goods and services tax, emergency services levy, land tax equivalents and local government rate equivalents.

In accordance with the requirements of UIG Abstract 31 ‘Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)’, revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that: x The amount of GST incurred by the Department as a purchaser that is not recoverable from the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; and x Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

3.9 Revenue and Expenses

Revenue and Expenses are recognised in the Department’s Statement of Financial Performance when and only when the flow or consumption or loss of economic benefits has occurred and can be reliably measured.

Revenue and Expenses have been classified according to their nature in accordance with APS 13 Form and Content of General Purpose Financial Reports and have not been offset unless required or permitted by another accounting standard.

Registration and licence fees are recognised as revenues when the Department obtains control over the funds. Control is generally obtained upon receipt.

Revenue from fees and charges are derived from the provision of goods and services to other SA Government agencies and to the public. These revenues are driven by consumer demand and are therefore recognised as revenues upon the delivery of goods and services to customers.

Revenue from disposal of non-current assets is recognised when control of the asset has passed to the buyer.

Resources received/provided free of charge are recorded as revenue and expenditure in the Statement of Financial Performance at their fair value. Goods and services received free of charge are recorded as such with the revenue being separately disclosed. Resources provided free of charge are recorded at their fair value in the expense line items to which they relate.

Grants are amounts provided by the Department of Transport and Urban Planning to entities for general assistance or for a particular purpose. Grants may be for capital, current or recurrent purposes and the name or category reflects the use of the grant. The grants given are usually subject to terms and conditions set out in the contract, correspondence, or by legislation.

Revenues collected but not controlled by the Department are not recognised as Departmental revenues but instead are reported as administered revenues. Such amounts are required to be paid to the Consolidated Account or funds controlled by other Departments.

3.10 Revenues from/Payments to SA Government Appropriations for program funding are recognised as revenues when the Department obtains control over the assets. Control over appropriations is normally obtained upon their receipt and are accounted for in accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 3 Appropriation. Where money has been appropriated in the form of an equity contribution, the Treasurer has acquired a financial interest in the net assets of the Department and is recorded as contributed equity.

Payments include the return of surplus cash pursuant to the cash alignment policy, taxation revenues and expiation fees paid directly to the Department of Treasury and Finance consolidated account.

3.11 Current and Non-Current Items

Assets and liabilities are characterised as either current or non-current in nature. The Department of Transport and Urban Planning has a clearly identifiable operating cycle of 12 months. Therefore assets and liabilities that will be realised as part of the normal operating cycle will be classified as current assets or current liabilities. All other assets and liabilities are classified as non-current. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

3.12 Cash

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash at bank and deposits at call that are readily converted to cash and are used in the cash management function on a day-to-day basis. Cash is measured at nominal value.

In October 2003 the Government introduced a policy with respect to aligning agency cash balances with appropriation and expenditure authority. It is not practical to estimate the potential effect this may have on the financial position of the entity. This policy came into effect during the course of 2003-04 and although the Department has not been required to transfer any cash balances this year, it may be required to transfer a portion of its cash balance to the Consolidated Account in future years.

Administered cash is reported separately in the Administered Financial Statements.

3.13 Receivables

Trade receivables arise in the normal course of providing goods and services to other agencies and to the public. Trade receivables are payable within 30 days after the issue of an invoice or the goods/services have been provided under a contractual arrangement.

Other debtors arise outside the normal course of providing goods and services to other agencies and to the public. If payment has not been received within 90 days after the amount falls due, under the terms and conditions of the arrangement with the debtor, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning is able to charge interest at commercial rates until the whole amount of the debt is paid.

The provision for doubtful debts is calculated at different rates because each Agency within the Department has very different business operations. The rates used to calculated the provision for doubtful debts are: x Transport Services – 2% x Transport Planning – 2% x Offices for Sustainable Social, Environmental and Economic Development – 2% x Office of Public Transport – 1% x Planning SA – nil x Office of Local Government – nil

3.14 Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or their net realisable value. Inventory is measured at cost, with cost being allocated in accordance with the first-in, first-out method. Net realisable value is determined using the estimated sales proceeds less costs incurred in marketing, selling and distribution to customers.

Inventories of roadside materials and stores are valued on a weighted average historic cost basis. Departmental work in progress for clients external to the Department is valued at cost.

3.15 Non-Current Asset Acquisition and Recognition

Assets are initially recorded at cost or at the value of any liabilities assumed, plus any incidental cost involved with the acquisition. Where assets are acquired at no value, or minimal value, they are recorded at their fair value in the Statement of Financial Position. If, however, the assets are acquired at no or nominal value as part of a restructuring of administrative arrangements then the assets are recorded at the value recorded by the transferor prior to transfer.

Where the payment for an asset is deferred, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning measures it at the present vale of the future outflow, discounted using the interest rate of a similar length borrowing.

The Department of Transport and Urban Planning capitalises non-current physical assets with a value of $2,000 or greater in accordance with Accounting Policy Statement 2 Asset Recognition.

In accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AAS 29A “Amendments to the Transitional Provisions of AAS 29”, Transport Services has elected not to recognise land under roads and land within carriageway reserves as assets in the Statement of Financial Position as per note 3.4 above. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

3.16 Intangible Assets

The acquisition or internal development of software is only capitalised when the expenditure can be reliably measured in accordance with existing Departmental policies and where the amount of expenditure is greater than or equal to $10,000, in accordance with Accounting Policy Statement 2 Asset Recognition, paragraph 23.

Capitalised software is amortised over the useful life of the asset, with a maximum time limit for amortisation of five years.

3.17 Revaluation of Non-Current Assets

In accordance with AASB 1041 ‘Revaluation of Non-current Assets’ and Accounting Policy Statement APS 3 Valuation of Non-Current Assets: x all non-current physical assets are revalued to their estimated fair value; and x the revaluation of non-current assets or group of assets is only performed when its fair value at the time of acquisition is greater than $1 million and estimated useful life is greater than 3 years

Every three years, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning revalues its land, buildings and leasehold improvements. Information Technology and Minor Plant assets are not revalued, and therefore are valued at historic cost or written down value. If at any time management considers that the carrying amount of an asset materially differs from its fair value then the asset will be revalued regardless of when the last valuation took place. Non-current physical assets that are acquired between revaluations are held at cost until the next valuation, where they are revalued to fair value.

Revaluation increments are credited directly to the Asset Revaluation Reserve. However, to the extent that the increment reverses a revaluation decrement previously recognised as an expense in the Statement of Financial Performance in respect of that same class of assets, it is recognised as revenue in the Statement of Financial Performance, but only to the extent of the previous expense.

Revaluation decrements are offset against any previous Asset Revaluation Reserve increment for that particular class of asset and any remaining balance is expensed.

The valuation methodology of specific classes of non-current assets is as follows.

Land Under Roads

Land under roads is either held in fee simple in the name of the Commissioner of Highways or designated as Public Road.

Transport Services has elected not to include a value for land that was acquired as or transferred to Public Road before 1 July 1996 in the Statement of Financial Position in accordance with Accounting Standard AAS 29A “Amendments to the Transitional Provisions in AAS29.”

Land under roads that was acquired and owned in fee simple by the Commissioner of Highways between 1 July 1996 and 30 June 2004 is valued based upon the Valuer General’s latest valuations.

Land under roads that was acquired in the name of the Commissioner of Highways and transferred to Public Road between 1 July 1996 and 30 June 2004 is valued at nil value or at cost (for land that was acquired as Public Road during that period.)

Land under roads acquired during 2003-2004 is valued at cost.

Land

All Land held by the Department, except Land Under Roads, is valued at fair value, based on information received by the Valuer-General of South Australia. It was agreed with the Department of Treasury and Finance that the use of the Valuer-General’s valuations for Land constitutes the fair value of those assets. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Former SA Ports Corporation Land and Associated Assets On 25 June 2002, substantial portions of previous Ports Corporation land assets, navigation aids and various dredged channels were transferred to the Minister for Transport. These assets are being progressively defined and titled, at which time they will be included in the Department’s asset register. To date, all Navigational Aids have been included in the Department’s asset register.

Most of these assets are leased to Flinders Ports under an arrangement whereby no lease rental is payable in consideration of the payment made by Flinders Ports to buy the improvements and operate the seven principal commercial ports.

Former Australian National Rail Land and Associated Assets These assets are progressively being defined, valued and recorded in the Department’s asset register as the assets are vested in or transferred to the Minister for Transport.

Network Assets

Network assets are valued at written down replacement cost (current replacement cost less accumulated depreciation) and are revalued every three years either by independent valuers, or by suitably qualified officers of Transport Services. As these assets are built and there is no market for these assets, written down replacement cost is considered to be equivalent to fair value. The reasonableness of this valuation approach for roads and earthworks was agreed upon by an independent engineering consultant (L B Dowling & Associates) in 2001-2002.

During 2003-04, the Department has amended its methodology for valuing the road network by recognising salvage value for the first time ($276 million). These changes were made to better reflect the residual value at the end of their useful lives. The initial recognition of salvage value resulted in a reduction in accumulated depreciation of $1.2 million. This change will also impact on future depreciation expenses, in accordance with treatment prescribed in Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1021 'Depreciation'.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and equipment, with exception of the bus fleet and ferries, are valued at historic cost. The bus fleet and ferries are valued at fair value.

Works in Progress

All works in progress are valued at cost.

The following table shows the classes of assets held by the Department, when they were last revalued and by whom: Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Asset Class Last Valued / By Whom Revalued Network Road Pavements, including 30 June 2004 Spiros Dimas BE(Hons) MIE(Aust) CPEng small signs, drainage, pavement (Civil) marking and median kerbing Earthworks 30 June 2004 Spiros Dimas BE(Hons) MIE(Aust) CPEng (Civil) Bridges / Culverts 30 June 2004 Peter Wilson CPEng (Civil) Major Signs 30 June 2004 Peter Wilson CPEng (Civil) Traffic Signals 30 June 2002 Brendan McIntosh B Eng (Electrical) Road Lighting 30 June 2002 Rick Burt (Cert in Electrical Eng) Busway Track & Structures 30 June 2004 Peter Wilson CPEng (Civil) Busway Interchanges 30 June 2004 Currie & Brown Other - Ferry Landings 30 June 2004 Peter Wilson CPEng (Civil) - Navigational Aids 30 June 2004 Alex Colligan - Drainage 30 June 2003 Bill Lipp B Tech Civil Eng Grad Dip Maths - Weighbridges & Weigh Slabs 30 June 2004 Modern Weighbridge and Scale Service Pty Ltd and various agency officers Land Land Under Roads (Post 1996) 1 July 2002 Valuer-General Buildings and Facilities Agency 30 June 2004 Liquid Pacific Holdings Pty Ltd Road (Residential) 1 July 2002 Valuer-General Road (Commercial) 30 June 2003 Adderley & Partners Marine 30 June 2001 Liquid Pacific Holdings Pty Ltd Rail In Progress Various Bus Depots 30 June 2003 Valuation Chambers Plant & Equipment Buses 30 June 2004 Australian Valuation Office Bus Depot Plant & Equipment 30 June 2003 Evans & Clarke Information Technology Not Applicable Minor Plant Not Applicable Ferries 30 June 2004 Gary Harvey, B Eng (Mechanical Eng) Towing Vessel 30 June 2003 K. Tech Marine

3.18 Depreciation and Amortisation of Non-Current Assets

All non-current assets, having a limited useful life, are systematically depreciated/amortised over their useful lives in a manner that reflects the consumption of their service potential, with the exception of land, earthworks and works in progress. Land, earthworks and work in progress are not depreciated.

Amortisation is used in relation to intangible assets, while depreciation is applied to physical assets such as property, plant and equipment.

The useful lives of all major assets held by the Department of Transport and Urban Planning are reassessed on an annual basis.

The value of leasehold improvements is amortised over the estimated useful life of each improvement, or the unexpired period of the relevant lease, whichever is shorter. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Depreciation / amortisation for non-current assets is determined as follows:

Asset Class Depreciation Estimated Useful Life Method

Network Assets Roads and Signs Straight Line 40 - 58 years depending on road category Bridges/Culverts Straight Line 60 - 100 years based on individual structures Major Signs Straight Line 37-60 years Traffic Signals and Road Lighting Straight Line 15 years Busway (including interchanges) Straight Line 4 - 100 years based on individual structures Other Straight Line Useful life depends on individual asset items

Buildings and Facilities Bus Depots Straight Line 40 years Other Straight Line 1 - 100 years, depending on individual asset items

Plant and Equipment Information Technology equipment Straight Line 3 years Buses Diminishing Value 20 years Bus Depot Plant & Equipment Straight Line 1 - 25 years, depending on individual asset items Other plant and equipment Straight Line 5 - 99 years depending on individual asset items

Intangible Assets Software Straight Line 5 years

3.19 Payables

Payables include creditors, accrued expenses and employment on-costs.

Creditors represent the amounts owing for goods and services received prior to the end of the reporting period that are unpaid at the end of the reporting period. Creditors include all unpaid invoices received relating to the normal operations of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning.

Accrued expenses represent goods and services provided by other parties during the period that are unpaid at the end of the reporting period and where an invoice has not been received.

All amounts are measured at their nominal amount and are normally settled within 30 days in accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 8 Expenditure for Supply Operations and Other Goods and Services after the Department of Transport and Urban Planning receives an invoice.

Employment on-costs include superannuation contributions and payroll tax with respect to outstanding liabilities for salaries and wages, long service leave and annual leave.

The Department makes contributions to several superannuation schemes operated by the State Government. These contributions are treated as an expense when they occur. There is no liability for payments to beneficiaries as the South Australian Superannuation Board (SASB) has assumed these. The only liability outstanding at balance date relates to any contributions due but not yet paid to the SASB. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

3.20 Employee Benefits

These benefits accrue for employees as a result of services provided up to the reporting date that remain unpaid. No provision has been made for sick leave as all sick leave is non-vesting and the average sick leave taken in future years by employees is estimated to be less than the annual entitlement of sick leave.

The liability for salaries and wages is measured as the amount unpaid at the reporting date at remuneration rates current at reporting date. The liability for annual leave reflects the value of total annual leave entitlements of all employees as at 30 June 2004 and is measured at the nominal amount.

The provision for long service leave has been calculated at nominal amounts based on current wages and salaries rates using the Department of Treasury and Finance benchmark of seven years service as a shorthand estimation of long service leave liability in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 1028 “Employee Benefits”.

Related on-costs of payroll tax, superannuation and workers compensation premiums are shown under the item Payables in the Statement of Financial Position.

3.21 Provisions

A liability has been reported to reflect unsettled workers compensation claims. The workers compensation provision is based on an actuarial assessment performed by the Public Sector Occupational Health and Injury Management Branch of the Department for Administrative and Information Services.

3.22 Leases

The Department of Transport and Urban Planning has entered into finance leases and operating leases.

Finance Leases The Department of Transport and Urban Planning has entered into finance leases as lessor, in regards to the Government’s Recreational Jetties Divestment Program. These finance leases effectively transfer to various local councils substantially the entire risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased items.

As a result of the Government’s Recreational Jetties Divestment Program, 29 jetties have been leased to Councils throughout the State. The jetties were previously recognised as Transport Services assets and were valued at $19.6 million with $7.3 million accumulated depreciation, to give a written down replacement value of $12.3 million as at 30 June 2002. Under the terms of the leases, they have been assessed as being finance leases due to the passing of risks and benefits to the lessees. While Transport Services retains ownership of these assets, control has passed to councils. As peppercorn rentals of $1 per annum apply over each of the 50 or 99 year lease terms there is no material revenue income to Transport Services. These assets are no longer recorded on Transport Services’ asset register.

Operating Leases In respect of operating leases, the lessor effectively retains substantially the entire risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased items. Operating lease payments are charged to the Statement of Financial Performance on a basis which is representative of the pattern of benefits derived from the leased assets. The Department has entered into a number of operating lease agreements for plant and vehicles, office accommodation, land for stacking roadside materials, land used for rail purposes and computer and office equipment.

3.23 Transactions by the Government as Owner

Appropriations to the Department designated as ‘equity contributions’ are recognised directly in equity in accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 3 ‘Appropriation’. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

4. Changes in Accounting Policies

4.1 Administered Items

In accordance with the Department of Treasury and Finance’s model financial report, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning has prepared separate administered financial statements and notes as it is considered that administered transactions and balances are significant in relation to the Department’s overall financial performance and position.

4.2 Impact of Adopting Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

Australia will be adopting Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) for reporting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2005. The Department of Transport and Urban Planning will adopt these standards for the first time in the published financial report for the year ended 30 June 2006.

Managing the Process

In accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 19 Financial Reporting, the Department of Transport and Urban Planning’s Chief Executive is responsible for ensuring that the annual financial statements comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The Department has analysed the exposure drafts issued by the AASB and has identified a number of potential issues that may need to be addressed. The Department is developing a plan to manage the transition to the new standards. The plan will require the identification of:

x major areas of accounting and reporting differences resulting from adoption of the new standards; x potential changes required to financial systems; and x key dates for monitoring and reviewing progress.

The Department intends to assign or commit specific project resources towards the process of transition and integrating changes proposed under the new standards. The Department is also using the Model Financial Report for SA Government entities developed by the Department of Treasury and Finance (DTF) and keeping abreast of changes in Accounting Standards, Treasurer’s Instructions and Accounting Policy Statements (APS) by attending exposure draft reference group meetings (facilitated by DTF) and information forums organised by the DTF and professional accounting bodies.

Expected differences in accounting policies

Changes in Accounting Policy A major change is the treatment of accounting policy changes under AIFRS. These will now apply retrospectively except for specific exemptions in accordance with AASB 1 First-Time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to IFRS.

Non-Current Asset Recognition and Revaluation AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment requires that where a non-current asset is revalued on an individual basis, the entire class to which the asset belongs must also be revalued. It is anticipated that APS 2 Valuation of Non-Current Assets, as issued by the Department of Treasury & Finance, will continue to require the application of thresholds to the revaluation of assets on a class basis (ie. only those assets or groups of assets greater than $1m and estimated useful life is greater than 3 years are required to be revalued).

Non-Current Assets Held for Sale AASB 5 Non Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations requires the presentation and disclosure of additional information on the financial effects of the disposal of non-current assets. The pending standard prescribes the value of surplus assets to be separately disclosed either on the face or in the notes to the financial statements. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Although AASB 5 requires that such assets held for sale are to be measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, the Department has assumed that the value of any surplus assets, including any disposal gains or losses, will continue to be measured in accordance with principles prescribed under other applicable pending accounting standards eg. AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment. The Department notes that the approach to be applied in valuing an asset on disposal under these standards differs from that prescribed under AASB 5.

Impairment of Non-Current Assets AASB 136 Impairment of Assets requires the specific recognition and disclosure of “impairment losses” associated with assets. However, for any non-current assets revalued in accordance with the revaluation model prescribed under AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment, such losses are to be treated not as “impairments” but as revaluation decreases (see paragraph 60 of AASB 136).

Although AASB 136 requires the test of “impairment” to be applied annually to assets, including those that have been valued using a fair value approach, the Department believes that its asset base is currently revalued at a frequency sufficient to ensure that changes in values will not vary materially from one reporting period to the next. The Department therefore anticipates the risk of “impairment losses” as at each reporting date under AASB 136 to be minimal.

Land Remediation or Restoration Environmental costs associated with some assets acquired and/or held by the Department have included the remediation of contaminated soil. Existing accounting standards provide no specific guidance on the manner in which these costs should be treated, except that the remediation of land itself would not normally qualify as an asset under SAC4 if the land is being returned to its original state. The Department therefore expenses all costs for soil remediation in the period in which they are incurred.

On the other hand, AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment requires the costs of site dismantlement, removal and restoration to be included in the value of an asset when acquired to the extent that an obligation or provision of those costs has been recognised under AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. This may require the Department to recognise assets or liabilities for amounts relating to land remediation in future. It is anticipated that an APS will be issued by the Department of Treasury & Finance providing more specific guidance on the actual treatment of soil (land) remediation under the new standards.

Land under Roads Consistent with the requirements proposed under ED 125 Financial Reporting by Local Governments, the Department anticipates that the revised AAS 29 Reporting by Government Departments will allow reporting entities to elect not to recognise land under roads. However, the new standard, when released, is also expected to require reporting entities to adopt and apply a policy on recognition of land under roads that is consistent with that to be applied at the time of transition to the new standard.

The Department’s current policy is to recognise land under roads acquired on or after 30th June 1996. Under the new standard, and from the 1st July 2007, the Department will be expected to recognise all land under roads that it can reliably measure, irrespective of the date of acquisition for that land.

Intangible Assets Intangible Assets, such as software, have been recognised where they can be reliably measured in accordance with existing Departmental policies. In accordance with pending standard AASB 138 Intangible Asset, the Department proposes to review its policy on the recognition of intangible assets. Subject to meeting the recognition criteria of “intangibles” under AASB 138, the Department proposes to capitalise and amortise the costs of acquiring or internally developing major software applications.

Inventories AASB 102 Inventories provides additional guidance on the recognition and measurement of inventories for not-for-profit entities. The definition of inventories under the pending standard includes “inventories held for distribution” in recognition that many not-for-profit entities may hold items for purposes other than those traditionally referred to under the existing standard (ie. items held for sale). AASB 102 also requires inventories held for distribution by not-for-profit entities to be measured at the lower of cost or replacement cost. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

The Department proposes to review its policy on inventory recognition and measurement but does not expect that application of the new standard will alter the manner in which it currently values or assigns costs to inventories for roadside materials, stores and supplies that are charged to capital or recurrent works.

Government Grants Grants from the Australian Commonwealth Government for the funding of road construction or maintenance are recognised by the Department as revenue at the time of receipt. However, the Department anticipates that the revised AAS29 Financial Reporting by Government Departments will propose principles for the accounting treatment of grants similar to those specified under ED 125 Financial Reporting by Local Government. This treatment is different to the current treatment for the recognition of grant revenue.

Under the revised AAS 29, the Department will be expected to recognise grant revenue only when control for goods have passed or services to be provided under these transfer arrangements have been fulfilled. Correspondingly, the Department may be required to recognise at reporting date, assets (receivables) or liabilities (revenue received in advance) where payments for the delivery of specific outputs or activities are to be made by the grantor in arrears or in advance.

Borrowing Costs Currently the Department expenses all borrowing costs. The pending standard AASB 123 Borrowing Costs requires these costs to be capitalised where the borrowings are attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets. It is anticipated that an Accounting Policy Statement will require all borrowing costs to be expensed to assist with the convergence between Government Finance Statistics (GFS) and GAAP.

Tax Equivalents AAS 112 Income Taxes proposes a comprehensive method/balance sheet approach to account for income tax and includes within the scope of “income taxes”, income tax equivalents that some government business undertakings and other public sector entities may be subject to under an enabling legislation or other authority. It is anticipated that a Treasurer’s Instruction or an Accounting Policy Statement will continue to mandate the profit and loss approach for government Tax Equivalent Regimes. Therefore it is not anticipated that AAS 112 will change the general treatment of tax equivalents or any income tax accounting policy for this Department. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

5. Programs of the Department

In achieving its objectives, the Department provides a range of services classified into the following programs:

Program 1 Policy Coordination, Development and Investment Strategy Development and provision of policy advice, strategic transport and road safety plans for and on behalf of the Government. Provision of an effective policy framework, advice and strategic planning services surrounding legislation committed to the Minister.

Program 2 Regulatory Services Provision of registration, licensing, compliance and other regulatory services under legislations committed to the Minister.

Program 3 Operations The efficient and effective maintenance and operation of marine, rail, road and bridge infrastructure and facilities including public transport services and assets.

Program 4 Information Services Provision of transport (incorporating safety) information, advertising (including timetables), promotional, educational and behavioural change material. Provision of planning, socio-economic and environmental information.

Program 5 Office for the Southern Suburbs To facilitate a whole of Government approach to the Southern Suburbs and assist in the realisation of Government’s specific policy commitment to improve economic development, social and environmental outcomes.

Program 6 Office of the North To facilitate a whole of Government approach to the North and assist in the realisation of Government’s specific policy commitment to improve economic development, social and environmental outcomes.

Program 7 Regional Ministerial Offices The two Regional Ministerial Offices, being the Office of the Upper Spencer Gulf, Flinders Ranges and Outback in Port Augusta and the Office of the Murray in Murray Bridge, aim to facilitate a whole of Government approach to the regions they serve, and assist in the realisation of Government’s specific policy commitment to improve economic development, social and environmental outcomes.

Program 8 Development Assessment Processing of development assessments to provide consistency, certainty and efficiency in the development assessment process for proponents and the community.

Program 9 Local Government System and Local Government Relations Maintenance and development of the Local Government System and State Local Government Relations.

General / Not Attributable Certain Items of the Department are not allocated to Programs. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

6. Employee Expenses

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Wages and Salaries 74 367 69 419 TVSPs (refer below) 8 141 647 Long Service Leave 2 930 2 131 Annual Leave 7 597 6 518 Employment On-costs (1) 14 539 12 026 Workers Compensation and other expenses 2 109 2 252 Workers Compensation Actuarial Adjustment (2 017) (3 638) Other 73 7 Total Employee Expenses 107 739 89 362

(1) Employment On-costs is made up of Superannuation of $9.2 million ($7.9m) and Payroll Tax of $5.3 million ($4.1m).

Targeted Voluntary Separation Packages (TVSPs) 2004 2003 $’000 $’000

TVSPs paid to employees during the reporting period 8 141 647 Recovery from the Department of Premier and Cabinet 1 775 471 Annual Leave and Long Service Leave accrued over the period 2 945 393 Number of employees that were paid TVSPs during the reporting 98 5 period

An amount of $6.4m ($0.2m) is owed to the Department as at 30 June 2004, and is included in the item Receivables. Payments are recorded under the item Employee Expenses.

Remuneration of Employees The number of employees whose remuneration received or receivable 2004 2003 falls within the following bands: $100 000 to $109 999 12 16 $110 000 to $119 999 9 9 $120 000 to $129 999 9 6 $130 000 to $139 999 3 2 $140 000 to $149 999 1 2 $150 000 to $159 999 2 - $160 000 to $169 999 1 1 $170 000 to $179 999 1 - $240 000 to $249 999 1 1 $400 000 to $409 999 * 1 - Total Number of employees 40 37

The table includes all employees who received remuneration of $100 000 or more during the year. The total remuneration received by the 40 employees (37 employees) was $5.1 million ($4.4 million), which included salary and related payments, superannuation benefits, motor vehicle benefits and separation payments. The total number of employees includes 5 Office of Public Transport employees recognised for the first time on restructure totalling $616,000.

* Includes separation payment of $280,000

Average number of employees during the reporting period On average, during 2003-04 the Department employed 2 072 people (1 847 in 2002-03) throughout the reporting period. This figure has increased mainly as a result of the Office of Public Transport now included in the Department’s accounts from 1 January 2004 (179 employees), and also due to the efforts of Transport Services to reduce it’s contractor numbers in PSM Act positions, resulting in an increase in PSM Act employees (50 employees). Department of Transport and Urban Planning

7. Supplies and Services

Supplies and Services provided by entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Rental 9 149 8 835 Legal 554 1 289 Insurance 1 234 41 Computing and Communication 8 599 9 996 Repairs and Maintenance 2 498 1 797 SAPOL 29 599 14 700 Other 5 919 3 365 Total Supplies and Services – SA Government Entities 57 552 40 023

Supplies and Services provided by entities external to the SA Government Rental 12 345 13 670 Legal 21 - Insurance 5 - Computing and Communication 13 999 11 871 Repairs and Maintenance 73 157 69 222 External Consultancy 412 273 Other 53 839 35 091 Total Supplies and Services – Non SA Government Entities 153 778 130 127

Total Supplies and Services 211 330 170 150

Consultancies The number and dollar amount of Consultancies 2004 2003 paid/payable that fell within the following bands: No. $’000 No. $’000

Below $10 000 420 12 62 Between $10 000 and $50 000 10 171 5 101 Above $50 000 3 221 1 110 Total paid/payable to the consultants engaged 17 412 18 273

8. Bus and Rail Service Contracts

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Bus Contract Payments 51 958 - Rail Contract Payments 42 588 - Bus and Depot Leases 6 185 - Total Bus and Rail Service Contracts 100 731 -

Bus Contract Payments Represents payments made to Serco, Torrens Transit, Australian Transit Enterprises and TransitPlus for the provision of bus passenger transport services in the metropolitan area.

Rail Contract Payments Represents payments made to TransAdelaide for the provision of rail passenger transport services in the metropolitan area.

Comparative Data There is no comparative data for this note because these contracts are paid by the Office of Public Transport, who transferred to the Department on 1 January 2004. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

9. Depreciation and Amortisation

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Depreciation Buildings and Facilities 7 333 7 001 Plant and Equipment 16 360 14 683 Network Assets 115 678 122 828 Total Depreciation 139 371 144 512

Amortisation Intangible Assets 276 187 Total Amortisation 276 187 Total Depreciation and Amortisation 139 647 144 699

10. Grants and Subsidies

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Recurrent Grant 25 835 Total Grants and Subsides – SA Government entities 25 835

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities external to the SA Government Recurrent Grant Grants to Local Government Associations 358 137 Grants to Local Councils 2 668 1 231 Transport Subsidy Scheme 4 149 - Subsidies for Concessional Travel in Regional Areas 1 783 - Regional Cities Bus Operating Subsidies 607 - Country Bus Operating Subsidy 466 - Other 3 056 264 Capital Grant Grants to Local Councils 7 381 3 692 Other 224 - Total Grants and Subsides – Non SA Government entities 20 692 5 324 Total Grants and Subsides 20 717 6 159

11. Net Expense Resulting from Correction of Errors

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Inventories Write-off 1 160 - Prior Period Depreciation Expense 3 381 - Asset Recognition Adjustments 1 199 - Other 73 - Total Net Expense Resulting from Correction of Errors 5 813 -

A project has been undertaken during 2003-04 to review the assets of the Department and make appropriate adjustments as necessary. As a result, it was discovered that some items were incorrectly recognised as inventories, some assets were not capitalised at time of completion, and the revaluation of some assets wasn't processed completely, resulting in adjustments to prior periods depreciation expense. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

12. Work in Progress Adjustment

During 2003-04, various projects that had been included as capital work in progress as at 30 June 2003 were subsequently completed. It was determined that the Department was unable to capitalise all of the expenditure from these completed projects and as a result $22.4 million has been brought to account by means of an adjustment to the Statement of Financial Performance.

During 2002-03, Transport Services identified a $105.3m build-up of Work in Progress that had been incorrectly accounted for in previous financial years. This matter was brought to account by means of an adjustment to the Statement of Financial Performance, and the amount remaining as Work in Progress in the Statement of Financial Position represents an accurate assessment of the amount of remaining Work in Progress as at 30 June 2003.

13. Other Expenses

2004 2003 Other Expenses paid/payable to entities within the SA Government $’000 $’000

Commissions – Transaction Processing 2 118 1 627 Other 5 4 Total Other Expenses – SA Government entities 2 123 1 631

Other Expenses paid/payable to entities external to the SA Government Bad and doubtful debts expense 9 188 Staff Related Expenditure (travel and training) 2 786 - Commissions – Transaction Processing 2 099 1 608 Other 921 980 Total Other Expenses – Non SA Government entities 5 815 2 776 Total Other Expenses 7 938 4 407

14. Auditor’s Remuneration

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Audit Fees paid/payable to the Auditor-General’s Department 254 216 Total Audit Fees 254 216

Other Services No other services were provided by the Auditor-General’s Department. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

15. Fees and Charges

Fees and Charges received/receivable from entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Planning Related Fees 807 694 Total Fees and Charges – SA Government entities 807 694

Fees and Charges received/receivable from entities external to the SA Government Road and Marine Related Charges 15 647 15 601 Road and Marine Related Fees 3 330 5 728 Planning Related Fees 999 603 Metroticket Sales 28 374 - Other 2 519 - Total Fees and Charges – Non SA Government entities 50 869 21 932 Total Fees and Charges 51 676 22 626

16. Commonwealth Revenue

2004 2003 Commonwealth Revenue comprised: $’000 $’000 Australian Land Transport Development Act, 1988 63 322 56 128 Interstate Road Transport Act, 1985 4 968 4 350 Roads to Recovery Act, 2000 1 001 1 000 Total Commonwealth Revenue 69 291 61 478

17. Concessional Income

2004 2003 Concessional Income is made up of: $’000 $’000 Contributions from SA Government Agencies 16 080 - Contributions from Home and Community Care (HACC) 163 - Total Concessional Income 16 243 -

Contributions from SA Government Agencies This represents fare concession receipts to fund concessional travel provided to pensioners, the unemployed and students on passenger transport in metropolitan and regional areas.

Comparative Data There is no comparative data for this note because this income is received by the Office of Public Transport, who transferred to the Department on 1 January 2004.

18. Interest

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Interest from entities within the SA Government 2 105 1 315 Other 10 - Total Interest Received 2 115 1 315 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

19. Registration and Licensing Fees

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Received/receivable from entities within the SA Government Motor Registration Fees 2 574 2 447 Total Registration and Licensing Fees – SA Government entities 2 574 2 447

Received/receivable from entities external to the SA Government Motor Registration Fees 206 475 196 777 Drivers’ Licence Fees 21 134 45 596 Total Registration and Licensing Fees – Non-SA Government 227 609 242 373 entities Total Registration and Licensing Fees 230 183 244 820

Road Safety In accordance with the Highways Act 1926, $3.5 million ($7.6m), being 1/6th of drivers’ licence collections, was used to fund expenditure on Transport Safety initiatives. Expenditure on these initiatives is reflected in the Regulatory Services and Operations of the Transport System programs.

20. Net Gain or Loss on Disposal of Assets

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Land, Buildings and Facilities Proceeds from disposal 21 071 6 301 Net book value of assets disposed 14 101 6 155 Net gain/(loss) from disposal of land, buildings and facilities 6 970 146

Plant and Equipment Proceeds from disposal 553 410 Net book value of assets disposed 354 786 Net gain/(loss) from disposal of plant and equipment 199 (376)

Network Assets Net book value of assets disposed 4 795 1 593 Net gain/(loss) from disposal of network assets (4 795) (1 593)

Total Assets Proceeds from disposal 21 624 6 711 Net book value of assets disposed 19 250 8 534 Total net gain/(loss) from disposal of assets 2 374 (1 823)

21. Resources Received Free of Charge

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Network Assets 1 792 - Land, Buildings and Facilities 10 778 33 076 Total Resources Received Free of Charge 12 570 33 076

This represents land and other associated assets brought to account by Transport Services from the former Ports Corporation, AN Rail and Monarto Access Road, which were received for no consideration. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

22. Other Revenue

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Property Rentals 5 401 4 342 Reimbursement Works and External Project Contributions 6 319 3 421 Registration and Insurance Contributions 4 702 4 987 TVSP Recoup 8 125 647 Public Transport Asset Management 797 1 655 Metropolitan Street Lighting / Traffic Signal Contributions 2 287 2 281 Government Radio Network Contributions 1 872 - National Environment Protection Measure Diesel Funding 1 767 - Motor Accident Commission Funding 1 463 1 282 Sundry Revenue 5 292 6 698 Total Other Revenue 38 025 25 313

23. Revenues from / Payments to SA Government

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Revenues from SA Government Appropriations from Consolidated Account pursuant to the 154 309 44 346 Appropriation Act Appropriations under other Acts 52 - Total Revenues from SA Government 154 361 44 346

Payments to SA Government Income Tax Equivalent Payments (Refer Note 3.8) 3 546 2 446 Dividend Distributions to Government (Refer Note 44) 2 961 10 555 Total Payments to SA Government 6 507 13 001

Revenues from SA Government The restructure of the Office of Public Transport has resulted in an increase in the overall revenue received from SA Government. There is no comparative data because the Office is included from 1 January 2004 only. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

24A. Transferred Functions – Net Assets

With effect from 1 January 2004, DTUP now assumes responsibility for the Assets & Liabilities for the Office of Public Transport (formerly Passenger Transport Board). This is summarised as follows:

$’000 Current Assets Cash 13 495 Receivables 5 873 Prepaid Expenses 4 374 Inventories 208 Total Current Assets 23 950

Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 17 652 Loan Receivable 40 Total Non-Current Assets 17 692 TOTAL ASSETS 41 642

Current Liabilities Payables 3 515 Borrowings 1 100 Provision for Employee Benefits 562 Total Current Liabilities 5 177

Non-Current Liabilities Payables 177 Borrowings 2 068 Provision for Employee Benefits 1 383 Total Non-Current Liabilities 3 628 TOTAL LIABILITIES 8 805 Net Assets 32 837

24B. Transferred Functions – Net Result

Revenues Appropriations from Government 87 008 User charges, fees and fines 27 257 Contributions from Other Agencies 16 420 Investment Income 328 Other 4 972 Total Revenues 135 985

Expenses Payments to Service Contractors 108 086 Grants and Subsidies 6 536 Infrastructure, Administration and 4 314 Service Costs Employee costs 5 019 Depreciation 1 340 Accommodation costs 786 Borrowing costs 108 Other 119 Total Expenses 126 308 Net Result 9 677 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

25. Cash

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Deposits at Call - Westpac 154 302 129 607 Deposits with the Treasurer (Accrual Appropriation) 13 825 10 953 Other 92 78 Total Cash 168 219 140 638

Deposits at Call and with the Treasurer With the implementation of the cash alignment policy, the Department has not been required to transfer any cash balances this year, but it may be required to transfer a portion of its cash balance to the Consolidated Account in future years.

Other Includes Petty Cash Floats, Cashier’s Floats and other cash on hand.

26. Receivables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Receivables 16 768 9 791 Less Provision for Doubtful Debts (660) (730) Accrued Revenues 7 617 9 502 GST Receivable 9 891 4 962 Total Current Receivables 33 616 23 525

Non-Current Receivables 40 - Total Non-Current Receivables 40 - Total Receivables 33 656 23 525

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Receivables $’000 $’000 Receivables from SA Government Entities Receivables 9 435 4 111 Accrued Revenues 4 353 8 769 Total Receivables from SA Government Entities 13 788 12 880

Receivables from Non-SA Government Entities Receivables 6 713 4 922 Receivables – ATO (other than GST) - 28 Accrued Revenues 3 264 733 GST Receivables 9 891 4 962 Total Receivables from Non-SA Government Entities 19 868 10 645 Total Receivables 33 656 23 525 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

27. Inventories

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Supplies 590 996 Roadside Materials 4 696 4 914 Work in progress - 669 Total Current Inventories 5 286 6 579 Total Inventories 5 286 6 579

28. Other Assets

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Prepayments 402 146 Other 91 5 Total Current Other Assets 493 151 Total Other Assets 493 151 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

29. Land, Buildings and Facilities

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Land Land at Fair Value 193 518 185 532 Total Land 193 518 185 532

Buildings and Facilities Buildings and Facilities at cost (deemed fair value) 276 049 270 543 Accumulated Depreciation 115 094 130 433 Total Buildings and Facilities 160 955 140 110 Total Land, Buildings and Facilities 354 473 325 642

Valuation of Land, Buildings and Facilities Refer to Note 3.16 for details of when Land, Buildings and Facilities were last revalued and by whom. Land, Buildings and Facilities are revalued using ‘fair value’ methodology.

RECONCILIATION OF LAND, BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES The following table shows the movement of Land, Buildings and Facilities during 2003-04

2004 Land Land under Buildings & Roads Facilities $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Carrying amount at the beginning of 325 642 177 779 7 753 140 110 the financial year Additions 15 312 2 431 4 830 8 051

Disposals (17 342) (12 632) (56) (4 654)

Revaluation Increment/(Decrement) 23 536 9 812 - 13 724

Depreciation and Amortisation (7 332) - - (7 332) Acquisition/(Disposal) through 3 601 3 601 - - Administrative Restructure Other Movements 11 056 - - 11 056 Carrying amount at the end of the 354 473 180 991 12 527 160 955 financial year Department of Transport and Urban Planning

30. Plant and Equipment

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Plant and Equipment Plant and Equipment at cost (deemed fair value) 387 253 331 303 Accumulated Depreciation 264 599 237 137 Total Plant and Equipment 122 654 94 166

Valuation of Plant and Equipment Refer to Note 3.16 for details of when Plant and Equipment were last revalued and by whom. Plant and Equipment are revalued using ‘fair value’ methodology.

RECONCILIATION OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT The following table shows the movement of Plant and Equipment during 2003-04

2004 Plant and Information Other Equipment Technology $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Carrying amount at the beginning of 94 166 92 497 1 455 214 the financial year Additions 31 527 30 999 415 113

Disposals (355) (355) - -

Revaluation Increment/(Decrement) 523 523 - -

Depreciation and Amortisation (16 360) (15 861) (421) (78)

Acquisition/(Disposal) through 13 153 12 545 608 - Administrative Restructuring Carrying amount at the end of the 122 654 120 348 2 057 249 financial year Department of Transport and Urban Planning

31. Network Assets

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Network Assets Network Assets at cost (deemed fair value) 7 887 161 7 383 974 Accumulated Depreciation 3 662 033 3 202 679 Network Assets at Fair Value - 421 098 Accumulated Depreciation - 180 039 Total Network Assets 4 225 128 4 422 354

Valuation of Network Assets Refer to Note 3.16 for details of when Network Assets were last revalued and by whom. Network Assets are revalued using ‘fair value’ methodology. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

RECONCILIATION OF NETWORK ASSETS The following table shows the movement of Network Assets during 2003-04

2004 Roads and Earthworks Bridges Traffic Signals Busway Other Signs and and Road Culverts Lighting $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Carrying amount at the beginning of the 4 422 354 1 954 155 1 773 029 573 314 70 779 45 205 5 872 financial year Additions 108 350 82 318 10 533 5 728 9 191 - 580

Disposals (4 838) - - (4 475) (254) (43) (66)

Revaluation Increment/(Decrement) (183 050) 13 210 (340 162) 133 567 - 8 913 1 422

Depreciation and Amortisation (115 678) (91 133) - (15 085) (8 240) (954) (266)

Other Movements (2 009) (1 723) - (7) (279) - - Carrying amount at the end of the 4 225 128 1 956 827 1 443 400 693 042 71 197 53 121 7 542 financial year

The revaluation decrement for earthworks of $340m is caused by a reduction in earthworks area ($65m valuation reduction) and a decrease in the average valuation rate per square metre ($275m valuation reduction). Department of Transport and Urban Planning

32. Capital Work in Progress

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Capital Work in Progess Capital Work in Progress at cost (deemed fair value) 141 456 166 914 Total Capital Work in Progress 141 456 166 914

Valuation of Work in Progress Refer to Note 3.16 for details regarding Work in Progress valuations.

RECONCILIATION OF WORK IN PROGRESS The following table shows the movement of Work in Progress during 2003-04

Work in Progress 2004 $’000 Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year 166 914

Additions 108 662

Write-off of Non-Current Assets (22 435) Acquisition/(Disposal) through Administrative 898 Restructuring

Acquisition/(Disposal) through from Transfers (5 303)

Other Movements (Transfer to Capital) (107 280)

Carrying amount at the end of the financial year 141 456 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

33. Intangible Assets

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Software Computer Software (EDALA) 1 283 1 283 Accumulated Amortisation 463 187 Total Intangible Assets 820 1 096

Valuation of Intangible Assets The EDALA Software System was brought to account during the 2002-03 financial year. It is therefore not yet due for valuation.

34. Payables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Creditors 35 320 37 002 Accrued Expenses 21 611 9 772 Employment On-Costs 1 514 1 729 Other 811 - Total Current Payables 59 256 48 503

Non-Current Employment On-Costs 3 133 2 969 Total Non-Current Payables 3 133 2 969 Total Payables 62 389 51 472

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Payables $’000 $’000 Payables to SA Government Entities Creditors 2 307 2 140 Accrued Expenses 2 438 872 Employment On-Costs 4 647 4 698 Total Payables to SA Government Entities 9 392 7 710

Payables to Non-SA Government Entities Creditors 33 013 34 862 Accrued Expenses 19 173 8 900 Other 811 - Total Payables to Non-SA Government Entities 52 997 43 762 Total Payables 62 389 51 472 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

35. Interest Bearing Liabilities

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Balance as at 1 July 47 760 47 760 Increases in debt due to: Interest Applied to Loan 3 099 3 048 Administrative Restructure 3 168 - Less Repayments: Public Transport Assets 4 107 3 008 General Road and Bridge Loan 92 40 Balance as at 30 June 49 828 47 760

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Current 1 100 - Non-Current 48 728 47 760 Total Interest Bearing Liabilities 49 828 47 760

36A. Employee Benefits

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Annual Leave 7 288 5 770 Long Service Leave 1 991 2 354 Accrued Salaries and Wages 1 035 - Total Current Employee Benefits 10 314 8 124

Non-Current Long Service Leave 27 548 26 121 Total Non-Current Employee Benefits 27 548 26 121 Total Employee Benefits 37 862 34 245

Annual Leave Annual leave is classified as a current liability as employees are required to take all annual leave within the year of entitlement.

Long Service Leave Long Service Leave liability has been allocated between current and non-current liabilities using the leave pattern history for the previous year.

Provision for Workers Compensation In 2002-03, Employee Benefits included the provision for Worker’s Compensation. This is now included in Provisions. The comparative data for 2002-03 has been restated so it is also reflected in Provisions. Refer Note 37. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

36B. Aggregate Employee Benefits and Related On-cost Liabilities

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Accrued Salaries and Wages Included in Payables – current (note 34) 192 633 Provision for Employee Benefits – current (note 36(a)) 1 035 - Total Accrued Salaries and Wages 1 227 633

Annual Leave Included in Payables – current (note 34) 1 100 912 Provision for Employee Benefits – current (note 36(a)) 7 288 5 770 Total Annual Leave 8 388 6 682

Long Service Leave Included in Payables – current (note 34) 223 186 Provision for Employee Benefits – current (note 36(a)) 1 991 2 354

Included in Payables – non-current (note 34) 3 132 2 969 Provision for Employee Benefits – non-current (note 36(a)) 27 548 26 121 Total Long Service Leave 32 894 31 630

Other Benefits Included in Payables – current (note 34) - (2) Total Other Benefits - (2) Aggregate Employee Benefits and Related On-costs 42 509 38 943

In 2002-03, this note included the provision for Worker’s Compensation. This is now included in Provisions. The comparative data for 2002-03 has been restated so it only reflects the categories above.

37. Provisions

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Provision for Workers Compensation 1 112 1 431 Total Current Provisions 1 112 1 431

Non-Current Provision for Workers Compensation 2 595 3 824 Total Non-Current Provisions 2 595 3 824 Total Provisions 3 707 5 255

Carrying amount at the beginning of the period 5 257 8 113 Increase in the Provision due to Administrative Restructure 44 - Decrease in the Provision 1 594 2 858 Carrying amount at the end of the period 3 707 5 255 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

38. Other Liabilities

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Unearned Revenue 815 1 360 Provision for Tax Equivalent 5 057 2 446 Other 158 - Total Current Other Liabilities 6 030 3 806 Total Other Liabilities 6 030 3 806

39. Equity

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Contributed Capital 176 993 159 938 Accumulated Surplus 3 581 362 3 598 855 Asset Revaluation Reserve 1 134 013 1 279 734 Total Equity 4 892 368 5 038 527

Accumulated Surplus Balance at the Beginning of the Financial Year 3 598 855 3 667 085 Operating Surplus/(Deficit) before Administrative Restructure (29 836) (72 494) Increase/(Decrease) in Accumulated Surplus due to Administrative 12 362 101 Restructure Other (19) 4 163 Balance at the End of the Financial Year 3 581 362 3 598 855

Asset Revaluation Reserve Balance at the Beginning of the Financial Year 1 279 734 1 186 915 Increment/(Decrement) in Land, Buildings and Facilities due to 34 821 10 466 Revaluation Increment/(Decrement) in Plant and Equipment due to Revaluation 524 (600) Increment/(Decrement) in Network Assets due to Revaluation (184 741) 82 953 Increase/(Decrease) in Asset Revaluation Reserve due to 3 675 - Administrative Restructure Balance at the End of the Financial Year 1 134 013 1 279 734 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

40. Financial Instruments

(a) Terms, Conditions and Accounting Policies (i) Financial Assets Cash is available at call and is recorded at cost. Interest revenue is recorded on an accrual basis, with only certain funds held within the total cash balance being interest bearing. Receivables are raised for all goods and services provided, for which payment has not been received. Receivables are normally settled within 30 days. Refer Note 26.

(ii) Financial Liabilities Creditors and accruals are raised for all amounts billed but unpaid, when the goods and services have been provided. Sundry creditors are normally settled within 30 days. Borrowings are recorded at the amount still owing, taking into account repayments and interest accrued. Interest expense is recognised on an accrual basis. Loans are drawn from the Department of Treasury and Finance and the interest rate is the Treasurer’s Common Public Sector Interest Rate of 6.75% (as at 30/6/04). Repayments are determined in negotiation with the South Australian Government Financing Authority (SAFA).

(b) Interest Rate Risk

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Interest Bearing Interest Average Interest Bearing Interest Average Rate Bearing Effective Rate Bearing Effective Interest Interest Financial Rate Rate Instrument % $’000 $’000 $’000 % % $’000 $’000 $’000 %

Financial Assets: Cash assets 5.90% 49 561 118 658 168 213 5.01% 4.60% 15 334 125 304 140 634 4.60% Receivables - 33 659 33 659 - 23 525 23 525 49 561 152 317 201 872 15 334 148 829 164 163 Financial Liabilities: Payables - 62 390 62 390 - 52 814 52 814 Borrowings 6.75% 49 828 - 49 828 4.91% 6.25% 47 760 - 47 760 6.25% 49 828 62 390 112 218 47 760 52 814 100 574

(c) Net Fair Values Financial Instruments are valued at the carrying amount as per the Statement of Financial Position, which approximates the net fair value. The carrying amount of financial assets approximates net fair value due to their short-term to maturity or being receivable on demand. The carrying amount of financial liabilities is considered to be a reasonable estimate of net fair value.

(d) Credit Risk Exposure The Department’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date in relation to financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the Statement of Financial Position. The Department has no significant exposures to any concentrations of credit risk. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

41. Commitments for Expenditure

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Capital Commitments Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities in the financial report, are payable as follows: Not later than one year 68 257 46 421 Later than one year but not later than five years - 7 727 Total Capital Commitments 68 257 54 148

The Department’s Capital Commitments are predominantly for aggregate capital expenditure on construction projects relating to road networks.

Other Commitments Not later than one year 218 545 37 883 Later than one year but not later than five years 151 - Later than five years 198 - Total Other Commitments 218 894 37 883

The Department’s Other Commitments are for agreements equally and proportionately unperformed. This has increased significantly from 2002-03 due to the Metropolitan Bus Contracts being recognised as part of the restructure of the Office of Public Transport. The Bus Contracts expire on 23 April 2005 and the Rail Contracts expire on 1 July 2005.

Operating Lease Commitments Commitments under non-cancellable operating leases at the reporting date are not recognised as liabilities in the financial report, are payable as follows:

Not later than one year 8 244 14 224 Later than one year but not later than five years 14 429 6 609 Later than five years 25 394 - Total Operating Lease Commitments 48 067 20 833

The Department’s Operating Leases include motor vehicles, office accommodation, land for stacking roadside materials, land used for rail purposes and computer and office equipment. These commitments are not recognised as liabilities in the financial report.

The property leases are non-cancellable leases with terms ranging from 1 to 10 years. Rental is payable in arrears. Contingent rental provisions within the lease agreements require the minimum lease payments to be regularly reviewed and increased by either a CPI factor, to market value, or a fixed percentage. Various options exist to renew the leases at the end of their terms. A number of leases have no option to renew.

The computer equipment leases are non-cancellable leases with the lease term being 3-4 years. The lease contains three options at the conclusion of the current 3-4 year term being; return equipment, extend the lease at fair market value or purchase the equipment at fair market value.

The motor vehicle and photocopier leases are non-cancellable leases, with rental payable monthly in arrears. No contingent rental provisions exist within the lease agreement and no options exist to renew the leases at the end of their terms. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

42. Contingent Assets and Liabilities

At year-end, the Department had possible material exposures resulting from litigation (or pending litigation) in respect of claims for property damage or personal injury. The Department had also received notification of other cases not yet subject to Court action, which may result in subsequent litigation in the future.

The Department also has possible material exposure resulting from the ongoing monitoring and treatment of contaminated land assets (in particular rail).

In addition, the Department has possible material exposure resulting from the salvage of the vessel “The New Endeavour” expected to take place during the first six months of 2004-05.

The Department believes that the extent of these liabilities cannot be reliably measured at balance date.

43. Cash Flow Reconciliation

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Reconciliation of Cash – Cash at Year End as per: Statement of Cash Flows 168 219 140 638 Statement of Financial Position 168 219 140 638

Reconciliation of Net Cash Inflows from Operating Activities to Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities: Net cash inflows (outflows) from operating activities 133 128 144 002 Less Revenues from Government 154 361 44 346 Add Income Tax Adjustment 796 1 970 Net Gain/(Loss) from Disposal of Assets 2 374 (1 823) Add/(Less) Non-Cash Items Depreciation of Assets (139 647) (144 699) Prior Period Expense Write-Off (28 248) (105 300) Revaluation Increments/(Decrements) 17 (275) Fair Value of Assets Received 12 570 33 076 Changes in Assets and Liabilities Increase/(Decrease) in Receivables 4 440 8 612 Increase/(Decrease) in Inventories 280 1 057 Increase/(Decrease) in Other Assets (3 550) 105 (Increase)/Decrease in Payables and Provisions (5 486) 3 861 (Increase)/Decrease in Other Liabilities (3) 22 Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities (177 690) (103 738)

44. Indenture Ports

Transport Services manages the indenture and private ports. Funds in regard to cargo services and harbour services charges are collected by Transport Services and applied to the maintenance of indenture ports. Any remaining funds are paid to the Department of Treasury and Finance by way of a dividend. Assets associated with these ports include land and facilities at Port Bonython, Ardrossan and Whyalla.

The amount paid to the Department of Treasury and Finance in 2003 / 2004 was $3 million ($3.6m). Department of Transport and Urban Planning

45. Rail Transport Facilitation Fund

The Rail Transport Facilitation Fund Act 2001, which established the Rail Transport Facilitation Fund was proclaimed in December 2001.

Net income derived from the sale or leasing of railway assets and net income derived by the State from rail facilitation projects is to be paid into the fund.

Approval was given for the creation of the Rail Transport Facilitation Fund on 20 September 2002. Income from the sale and leasing of railway land and costs associated with these assets has been transacted through the Transport Operating Account up to 20 September 2002.

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Inflows Income into the Fund 6 972 7 501 Transfer from the Transport Operating Account - 8 732 Total Inflows 6 972 16 233

Outflows Expenditure from the Fund 2 821 10 083 Total Outflows 2 821 10 083 Net Surplus/(Deficit) 4 151 6 150

Fund Balance Balance at the beginning of the reporting period 6 150 - Net Surplus/(Deficit) 4 151 6 150 Balance at the end of the reporting period 10 301 6 150 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

46. Community Road Safety Fund

The Community Road Safety Fund is an Administrative Fund operative from 1 July 2003 and is funded by revenue collected by SAPOL and the Courts Administration Authority for speeding fines. The amount is paid into the Consolidated Account and subsequently transferred to the Fund by Treasury and Finance and utilised for the purposes of Road Safety related expenditure. In addition to safety related improvements, payments are also made to SAPOL for safety related policing expenditure.

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Inflows Income into the Fund 38 760 - Total Inflows 38 760 -

Outflows Expenditure from the Fund 38 484 - Total Outflows 38 484 - Net Surplus/(Deficit) 276 -

Fund Balance Balance at the beginning of the reporting period - - Net Surplus/(Deficit) 276 - Balance at the end of the reporting period 276 -

Expenditure from the Fund Road Safety related expenditure for 2003-04 totalled $57.9 million. An amount of $19.4 million was met from the Highways Fund, of which $14.7 million was paid to SAPOL

47. After Balance Date Events

The following occurred/was announced after balance date: x The Office of the North West was established effective from 1 July 2004. x Salvage activities relating to The New Endeavour – Refer Note 42. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTERED REVENUE AND EXPENSES

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000

Administered Revenue from Ordinary Activities

Revenue from SA Government A7 2 100 1 700

Fees and Charges A8 1 551 1 091

Registration and Licensing Receipts from Third Parties A9 647 684 596 450

Grants A10 2 948 1 520

Transfer Receipts A11 888 853

Interest 50 -

Other - 31

Total Administered Revenue from Ordinary Activities 655 221 601 645

Administered Expenses from Ordinary Activities

Employee Expenses 177 191

Supplies and Services 17 19

Grants and Subsidies A12 4 703 2 613

Registration and Licensing Payments to Third Parties A13 647 684 596 450

Transfer Payments A14 3 196 2 814

Total Administered Expenses from Ordinary Activities 655 777 602 087

Operating Surplus / (Deficit) A24 ( 556) ( 442)

Changes in Equity:

Increase/(Decrease) in Net Assets due to Administrative A15 ( 120) - Restructure

Total Administered Revenue, Expenses and Valuation ( 120) - Adjustments Recognised Directly in Equity Total Administered Changes in Equity other than those Resulting from Transactions with the State Government ( 676) ( 442) as owner

The above statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

STATEMENT OF ADMINSTERED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES As at 30 June 2004

Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000

Administered Current Assets

Cash A16 2 092 944

Receivables A17 840 656

Other A18 2 -

Total Administered Current Assets 2 934 1 600

Administered Non-Current Assets

Receivables A17 3 031 3 179

Total Administered Non-Current Assets 3 031 3 179

Total Administered Assets 5 965 4 779

Administered Current Liabilities

Payables A19 1 683 744

Interest Bearing Liabilities A20 142 -

Total Administered Current Liabilities 1 825 744

Administered Non-Current Liabilities

Interest Bearing Liabilities A20 3 031 3 179

Total Administered Non-Current Liabilities 3 031 3 179

Total Administered Liabilities 4 856 3 923

Administered Net Assets 1 109 856

Administered Equity

Contributed Capital A21 480 -

Accumulated Surplus A21 629 856

Total Administered Equity 1 109 856

Commitments for Expenditure A23

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN PLANNING

ADMINISTERED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000

Administered Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash Inflows

Receipts from Government 1 931 1 359

Taxes, Fees and Charges 1 691 1 171

Registration and Licensing Receipts from Third Parties 647 684 596 450

Grants 2 948 1 520

Transfer Receipts 888 853

Interest 48 -

Other - 31

Total Cash Inflows 655 190 601 384

Cash Outflows

Employee Payments ( 177) ( 191)

Supplies and Services ( 2) ( 19)

Grants and Subsidies (4 373) (2 439)

Registration and Licensing Payments to Third Parties (646 960) (596 450)

Depreciation and Amortisation - -

Transfer Payments (3 339) (2 783)

Other - -

Total Cash Outflows (654 851) (601 882)

Net Administered Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from A24 339 ( 498) Operating Activities

Administered Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash Inflows

Capital Payments from Government - -

Restructuring Activities A15 809 -

Total Cash Inflows 809 -

Net Administered Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from 809 - Financing Activities

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash Held 1 148 ( 498)

Cash at the Beginning of the Financial Year 944 1 442

Cash at the End of the Financial Year A16 2 092 944

The above Statement of Cashflows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

PROGRAM SCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED REVENUES AND EXPENSES

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Policy Coordination, Local Regulatory Development Development Operations Government TOTAL Services Assessment and Investment System Strategy

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 Administered Revenue from Ordinary Activities

Revenue from SA Government 1 411 - 177 - 512 2 100 1 700

Fees and Charges - - 524 1 027 - 1 551 1 091

Registration and Licensing - 647 684 - - - 647 684 596 450 Receipts from Third Parties

Grants - - 2 948 - - 2 948 1 520

Transfer Receipts - - - - 888 888 853

Interest 15 - - - 35 50 -

Other ------31

Total Administered Revenue 1 426 647 684 3 649 1 027 1 435 655 221 601 645

Administered Expenses from Ordinary Activities

Employee Expenses - - 177 - - 177 191

Supplies and Services - - 17 - - 17 19

Grants and Subsidies 1 755 - 2 948 - - 4 703 2 613

Registration and Licensing - 647 684 - - - 647 684 596 450 Payments to Third Parties

Transfer Payments - - 509 1 025 1 662 3 196 2 814

Total Administered Expenses 1 755 647 684 3 651 1 025 1 662 655 777 602 087

Operating Surplus / (Deficit) ( 329) - ( 2) 2 ( 227) ( 556) ( 442) Department of Transport and Urban Planning

PROGRAM SCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

As at 30 June 2004

Policy Coordination, Local Regulatory Development Development Operations Government TOTAL Services Assessment and Investment System Strategy

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000

Assets

Current Assets 1 008 724 316 257 629 2 934 1 600

Non-Current Assets - - 3 031 - - 3 031 3 179

Total Assets 1 008 724 3 347 257 629 5 965 4 779

Liabilities

Current Liabilities 505 724 316 280 - 1 825 744

Non-Current Liabilities - - 3 031 - - 3 031 3 179

Total Liabilities 505 724 3 347 280 - 4 856 3 923

Net Assets 503 - - ( 23) 629 1 109 856 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Administered Items

NOTE INDEX

Objectives of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning Note A1 Departmental Organisation Note A2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Note A3 Changes in Accounting Policies Note A4 Programs of the Department Note A5 Administered Items of the Department Note A6 Revenue Notes Revenue from Government Note A7 Fees and Charges Note A8 Registration and Licensing Receipts from Third Parties Note A9 Grants Note A10 Transfer Receipts Note A11 Expense Notes Grants and Subsidies Note A12 Registration and Licensing Payments to Third Parties Note A13 Transfer Payments Note A14 Restructure Notes Transferred Functions Note A15 Asset Notes Cash Note A16 Receivables Note A17 Other Note A18 Liabilities Notes Payables Note A19 Interest Bearing Liabilities Note A20 Equity Notes Equity Note A21 Accumulated Surplus Note A21 Asset Revaluation Reserve Note A21 Other Notes Commitments Note A23 Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets Note A24 Cash Flow Reconciliation Note A25 Criminal Injuries Compensation Levy Note A26 Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund Note A27 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

Notes to the Administered Items Statements

A1. Objectives of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning

All Department of Transport and Urban Planning objectives are included in Note 1 ‘Objectives of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning’ under the controlled items notes. The objectives outlined in Note 1 apply to both the Department and the Administered Financial Statements.

A2. Departmental Organisation

The organisation of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning outlined in Note 2 in the controlled items notes applies to both the Department and the Administered Financial Statements.

A3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

All Department of Transport and Urban Planning accounting policies are contained in Note 3 ‘Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’ under the controlled items notes. The policies outlined in Note 3 apply to both the Department and the Administered Financial Statements.

A4. Changes in Accounting Policies

The Changes in Accounting policies outlined in Note 4 in the controlled items notes apply to both the Department and the Administered Financial Statements.

A5. Programs of the Department

The Programs of the Department outlined in Note 5 in the controlled items notes apply to both the Department and the Administered Financial Statements. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A6. Administered Items of the Department

The Administered Items of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning are comprised of the following: x Catchment Management Subsidy Scheme x Development Application Fees x Emergency Services Levy Receipts x Expiation Receipts including the Victims of Crime Levy x Firearm Receipts x Flood Mitigation x Hospital Fund – Contribution x Lincoln Cove Marina x Local Government Taxation Equivalent (TER) Fund x Metropolitan (Woodville, Henley and Grange) Drainage Scheme x State Local Government Reform Fund – Stormwater Subsidies x Minister’s Salary x Unclaimed Salaries and Wages x Contractors Deposits x Motor Accident Commission Receipts x Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund x Registration and Licensing Collections and Disbursements x South-Western Suburbs Drainage Scheme x Stamp Duties Receipts x West Beach Trust (trading as Adelaide Shores) – Taxation Equivalent Regime (TER) Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A7. Revenues from SA Government

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Revenues from SA Government Appropriations from Consolidated Account pursuant to the 2 100 1 700 Appropriation Act Total Revenues from SA Government 2 100 1 700

A8. Fees and Charges

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Fees and Charges received/receivable from entities external to the SA Government Other fees and charges 1 551 1 091 Total Fees and Charges – Non SA Government entities 1 551 1 091 Total Fees and Charges 1 551 1 091

A9. Registration and Licensing Receipts from Third Parties

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Registration and Licensing Receipts on behalf of the SA Government Expiation Notices 10 180 9 783 Emergency Services Levy 35 270 35 291 Hospital Fund 54 155 53 526 Stamp Duties 138 562 126 529 Other 6 675 6 810 Total Registration and Licensing Receipts on behalf of the SA 244 842 231 939 Government

Registration and Licensing Receipts on behalf of entities external to the SA Government Federal Registrations 5 823 5 374 Third Party Insurance 386 477 350 578 Refunds 9 825 8 553 Other 717 6 Total Registration and Licensing Receipts on behalf of entities 402 842 364 511 external to the SA Government Total Registration and Licensing Receipts 647 684 596 450 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A10. Grants

2004 2003 Grants received/receivable from entities within the SA Government $’000 $’000

Recurrent Grant 2 948 1 520 Total Grants – SA Government entities 2 948 1 520 Total Grants 2 948 1 520

A11. Transfer Receipts

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Receipts from the Local Government Finance Authority (into Local 888 853 Government Tax Equivalent Regime Fund) Total Transfer Receipts 888 853

A12. Grants and Subsidies

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Recurrent Grant 1 411 1 093 Total Grants and Subsides – SA Government entities 1 411 1 093

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities external to the SA Government Recurrent Grant 2 948 1 520 Capital Grant 344 - Total Grants and Subsides – Non SA Government entities 3 292 1 520 Total Grants and Subsides 4 703 2 613

A13. Registration and Licensing Payments to Third Parties

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Expiation Notices – SAPOL 9 506 9 016 Expiation Notices – Courts Administration Authority 674 767 Emergency Services Levy 35 270 35 291 Hospital Fund – Treasury and Finance 54 155 53 526 Stamp Duties – Treasury and Finance 138 562 126 529 Federal Registrations 5 823 5 374 Third Party Insurance 386 477 350 578 Refunds 9 825 8 553 Other 7 392 6 816 Total Registration and Licensing Payments 647 684 596 450 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A14. Transfer Payment

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Planning Fees paid to Councils and Other Bodies 1 025 760 Payment to Local Government from the Local Government TER Fund 1 150 1 295 Interagency funding for the Local Government Grants Commission 275 265 Interagency funding for the Outback Areas Community Development 237 151 Trust Woodville Henley and Grange Drainage Scheme 30 30 South West Suburbs Drainage Scheme 196 204 Contractor Deposits 283 109 Total Transfer Payments 3 196 2 814

A15. Transferred Functions

With effect from 1 January 2004, DTUP now assumes responsibility for the Assets & Liabilities for the Office of Public Transport’s (OPT) Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund (Refer Note 26). This is summarised as follows:

OPT $’000 Current Assets Cash 809 Total Current Assets 809

TOTAL ASSETS 809

Net Assets 809

Revenues Investment Income 21 Total Revenues 21

Expenses Grants and Subsidies 141 Total Expenses 141

Net Result (120)

A16. Cash

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Deposits at Call - Westpac 1 465 62 Deposits with the Treasurer 627 882 Total Cash 2 092 944 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A17. Receivables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Receivables 312 323 Accrued Revenues 528 333 Total Current Receivables 840 656

Non-Current Receivables 3 031 3 179 Total Non-Current Receivables 3 031 3 179 Total Receivables 3 871 3 835

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Receivables $’000 $’000 Receivables from SA Government Entities Receivables 169 191 Accrued Revenues 528 333 Total Receivables from SA Government Entities 697 524

Receivables from Non-SA Government Entities Receivables 3 174 3 311 Total Receivables from Non-SA Government Entities 3 174 3 311 Total Receivables 3 871 3 835

A18. Other Assets

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Other 2 - Total Current Other Assets 2 - Total Other Assets 2 - Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A19. Payables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Creditors 898 349 Accrued Expenses 785 395 Total Current Payables 1 683 744 Total Payables 1 683 744

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Payables $’000 $’000 Payables to SA Government Entities Creditors 891 342 Accrued Expenses 505 174 Total Payables to SA Government Entities 1 396 516

Payables to Non-SA Government Entities Creditors 7 7 Accrued Expenses 280 221 Total Payables to Non-SA Government Entities 287 228 Total Payables 1 683 744

A20. Interest Bearing Liabilities

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Balance as at 1 July 3 311 3 433 Increases in debt due to: Interest Applied to Loan 226 233 Less Repayments: Woodville, Henley and Grange Drainage Scheme 42 33 South West Suburbs Drainage Scheme 322 322 Balance as at 30 June 3 173 3 311

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Current 142 132 Non-Current 3 031 3 179 Total Interest Bearing Liabilities 3 173 3 311 Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A21. Equity

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Contributed Capital 480 - Accumulated Surplus 629 856 Total Equity 1 109 856

Accumulated Surplus Balance at the Beginning of the Financial Year 856 1 298 Operating Surplus/(Deficit) (227) (442) Balance at the End of the Financial Year 629 856

A22. Financial Instruments

(a) Terms, Conditions and Accounting Policies (i) Financial Assets Cash is available at call and is recorded at cost. Receivables are raised for all goods and services provided, for which payment has not been received. Receivables are normally settled within 30 days or in line with agreements entered into for specific Administered Items. (ii) Financial Liabilities Creditors and accruals are raised for all amounts billed but unpaid, when the goods and services have been provided. Sundry creditors are normally settled within 30 days or in line with agreements entered into for specific Administered Items. Borrowings are recorded at the amount still owing, taking into account repayments and interest accrued. Interest expense is recognised on an accrual basis. Loans are drawn from the Department of Treasury and Finance and the interest rate is the Treasurer’s Common Public Sector Interest Rate of 6.25% (as at 30/6/04). Repayments are determined in negotiation with the South Australian Government Financing Authority (SAFA).

(b) Interest Rate Risk

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 2003 2003 2003 2004 Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Interest Bearing Interest Average Interest Bearing Interest Average Rate Bearing Effective Rate Bearing Effective Interest Interest Financial Rate Rate Instrument % $’000 $’000 $’000 % % $’000 $’000 $’000 %

Financial Assets: Cash assets 5.1% 2 088 4 2 092 4.91% 4.17 - 944 944 4.6% Receivables 3 258 613 3 871 - 3 835 3 835 5 346 617 5 963 - 4 779 4 779 Financial Liabilities: Payables - 1 598 1 598 - 744 744 Borrowings 6.25% 3 258 - 3 258 6.25 - 3 311 3 311 3 258 1 598 4 856 - 4 055 4 055

(c) Net Fair Values Financial Instruments are valued at the carrying amount as per the Statement of Financial Position, which approximates the net fair value. The carrying amount of financial assets approximates net fair value due to their short-term to maturity or being receivable on demand. The carrying amount of financial liabilities is considered to be a reasonable estimate of net fair value. Department of Transport and Urban Planning

(d) Credit Risk Exposure The Department’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date in relation to financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the Statement of Financial Position. The Department has no significant exposures to any concentrations of credit risk.

A23. Commitments for Expenditure

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Other Commitments Not later than one year 106 - Total Other Commitments 106 - The Department’s Other Commitments are for agreements equally and proportionately unperformed.

A24. Cash Flow Reconciliation

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Reconciliation of Cash – Cash at Year End as per: Statement of Cash Flows 2 092 944 Statement of Financial Position 2 092 944

Reconciliation of Net Cash Inflows from Operating Activities to Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities: Net cash inflows (outflows) from operating activities 339 (498) Changes in Assets and Liabilities Increase/(Decrease) in Receivables 36 211 Increase/(Decrease) in Other Assets 2 - (Increase)/Decrease in Payables and Provisions (933) (155) Net Cost of Services from Ordinary Activities (556) (442)

A25. Criminal Injuries Compensation Fund

In accordance with the Expiation of Offences Act 1996, and on behalf of the Attorney-General’s Department, the Office of Public Transport collects criminal injuries compensation levies from expiation notices issued.

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Levies collected during the year 5 - Amount paid to Attorney-General’s Department during 2003-04 5 - Amount payable to Attorney-General’s Department - - Department of Transport and Urban Planning

A26. Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund

Pursuant to Section 62 of the Passenger Transport Act 1994, the Office of Public Transport administers, on behalf of the Minister for Transport, the Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund (an interest bearing deposit account).

The Fund may be applied by the Minister for Transport for: x The purpose of carrying out research into the taxi-cab industry; x The purpose of promoting the taxi-cab industry; and/or x Any other purpose considered by the Minister to be beneficial to the travelling public, in the interests of the passenger transport industry, and an appropriate application of money standing to the credit of the Fund.

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Inflows Income into the Fund 15 21 Total Inflows 15 21

Outflows Expenditure from the Fund 344 141 Total Outflows 344 141 Net Surplus/(Deficit) (329) (120)

Fund Balance Balance at the beginning of the reporting period 809 929 Net Surplus/(Deficit) (329) (120) Balance at the end of the reporting period 480 809

Planning and Development Fund

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004 Note 2004 2003 No. $000's $000's

Revenue from Ordinary Activities

Strata title, C om m unity title and Land sub-division Fees 4 8 156 5 331

Interest 5 402 389

Other 6 5 26

Total Revenue from Ordinary Activities 8 563 5 746

Expenses from Ordinary Activities

Supplies and Services 7 658 542

Grants and Subsidies 8 6 045 5 964

Total Expenses from Ordinary Activities 6 703 6 506

Operating Surplus / (Deficit) 1 860 ( 760)

C hanges in Equity:

Increase/(Decrease) in the A sset Revaluation Reserve - 255

Total Revenue, Expenses and Valuation Adjustments - 255 Recognised Directly in Equity

Total Changes in Equity other than those Resulting from 1 860 ( 505) Transactions with the State Government

The above statem ent should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Planning and Development Fund

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2004

Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000

Current Assets

Cash 10 8 004 6 945

Receivables 11 38 37

Total Current Assets 8 042 6 982

Non-Current Assets

Land and Equipm ent 12 1 665 1 665

Total Non-Current Assets 1 665 1 665

Total Assets 9 707 8 647

Current Liabilities

Payables 13 287 1 087

Total Current Liabilities 287 1 087

Total Liabilities 287 1 087

Net Assets 9 420 7 560

Equity

A ccum ulated Surplus 14 8 851 6 991

A sset Revaluation Reserve 14 569 569

Total Equity 9 420 7 560

The above Statem ent of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Planning and Development Fund

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended 30 June 2004

Note 2004 2003 No. $'000 $'000

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash Inflows

Strata title, C om m unity title and Land sub-division Fees 8 156 5 331

Interest 401 381

Other 5 26

Total Cash Inflows 8 562 5 738

Cash Outflows

Supplies and Services ( 655) ( 587)

Grants and Subsidies (6 848) (5 298)

Total Cash Outflows (7 503) (5 885)

Net Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from Operating Activities 15 1 059 ( 147)

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash Held 1 059 ( 147)

Cash at the Beginning of the Financial Year 6 945 7 092

Cash at the End of the Financial Year 8 004 6 945

The above Statem ent of Cashflow s should be read in conjunction with the accom panying notes. Planning and Development Fund

1. Objectives of the Fund

The Planning and Development Fund was established under section 79 of the Development Act 1993.

The key objective of the Fund is to provide the Government with the means to implement a Statewide open space program. The Fund is applied towards the purchase, development and management of open space and the servicing of capital costs associated with the provision of the open space.

The primary source of funding is from developers who are required, pursuant to Section 50 of the Development Act 1993, to contribute to the Planning and Development Fund in lieu of the provision of 12.5% of the development as open space, in accordance with a prescribed formula and rate, where the number of allotments in land sub-division are 20 or less. A contribution into the Planning and Development Fund is also required where developers create Community titles.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2.1 Basis of Accounting

The financial report is a general purpose financial report. The accounts have been prepared in accordance with: x Treasurer’s Instructions and Accounting Policy Statements promulgated under the provision of the Public Finance and Audit Act, 1987 x Applicable Australian Accounting Standards x Other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia.

The Statement of Financial Performance and Statement of Financial Position have been prepared on an accrual basis and are in accordance with historical cost convention, except for certain assets that were valued in accordance with the valuation policy applicable.

The continued existence of the Fund in its present form is dependent on Government policy.

2.2 Reporting Entity

The financial statements include the use of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses controlled or incurred by the Fund in its own right.

2.3 Rounding

All amounts in the financial statements have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000)

2.4 Taxation

In accordance with the requirements of UIG Abstract 31 ‘Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)’, revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST.

The amount of GST incurred by the Planning and Development Fund as a purchaser that is not recoverable from the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense.

The net GST receivable/payable to the Australian Taxation Office is not recognised as a receivable/payable in the Statement of Financial Position as the Fund is a member of an approved GST group of which Planning SA (Department of Transport and Urban Planning) is responsible for the remittance and collection of GST.

There are no cash flows relating to GST transactions with the Australian Taxation Office in the Statement of Cash Flows. Planning and Development Fund

2.5 Comparative Figures

Comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation in these financial statements where required.

2.6 Revenue and Expenses

Revenue and Expense are recognised in the Fund’s Statement of Financial Performance when and only when the flow or consumption or loss of economic benefits has occurred and can be reliably measured.

Revenue and Expenses have been classified according to their nature in accordance with APS 13 Form and Content of General Purpose Financial Reports and have not been offset unless required or permitted by another accounting standard.

Land division fees are a requirement of the planning decision process and are payable by the applicant prior to the issue of the Certificate of Approval by the Development Assessment Commission and recorded as revenue upon receipt.

Proceeds from disposal of non-current assets is recognised as revenue upon settlement.

Resources received/provided free of charge are recorded as revenue and expenditure in the Statement of Financial Performance at their fair value. Goods and services received free of charge are recorded as such with the revenue being separately disclosed. Resources provided free of charge are recorded at their fair value in the expense line items to which they relate.

Grants are provided by the Planning and Development Fund to Councils and for expenditure on projects, which enable the Government to discharge its Metropolitan Open Space Scheme (MOSS) and Regional Open Space Enhancement Scheme (ROSES) responsibilities as well as the development of a metropolitan wide Coast Park. Grants are applied towards the acquisition and development of strategic and critical areas for the MOSS, ROSES and Coast Park inline with the Parklands 2036 Strategy, Places for People and open space strategies of Local Government.

2.7 Current and Non-Current Items

Assets and liabilities are characterised as either current or non-current in nature. The Fund has a clearly identifiable operating cycle of 12 months. Therefore assets and liabilities that will be realised as part of the normal operating cycle will be classified as current assets or current liabilities. All other assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.

2.8 Cash

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash comprises cash at bank.

In October 2003 the Government introduced a policy with respect to aligning agency cash balances with appropriation and expenditure authority. It is not practical to estimate the potential effect this may have on the financial position of the entity. This policy came into effect during the course of 2003-04 and although the Fund has not been required to transfer any cash balances this year, it may be required to transfer a portion of its cash balance to the Consolidated Account in future years.

2.9 Receivables

No receivables arise through the process of collecting land division fees. Receivables in the Statement of Financial Position refer only to accrued interest. Planning and Development Fund

2.10 Non-Current Asset Acquisition and Recognition

Assets are initially recorded at cost or at the value of any liabilities assumed, plus any incidental cost involved with the acquisition. Where assets are acquired at no value, or minimal value, they are recorded at their fair value in the Statement of Financial Position. If however, the assets are acquired at no or nominal value as part of a restructuring of administrative arrangements then the assets are recorded at the value recorded by the transferor prior to transfer.

Where the payment for an asset is deferred, the asset is measured at the present vale of the future outflow, discounted using the interest rate of a similar length borrowing.

In accordance with Accounting Policy Statement 2 Asset Recognition, all non-current physical assets with a value of $2,000 or greater are capitalised.

2.11 Revaluation of Non-Current Assets

In accordance with AASB 1041 ‘Revaluation of Non-current Assets’ and Accounting Policy Statement APS 3 Valuation of Non-Current Assets: x all non-current physical assets are revalued to their estimated fair value; and x the revaluation of non-current assets or group of assets is only performed when its fair value at the time of acquisition is greater than $1 million and estimated useful live is greater than 3 years

Every three years, the Planning and Development Fund revalues its land. However, if at any time management considers that the carrying amount of an asset materially differs from its fair value then the asset will be revalued regardless of when the last valuation took place. Non-current physical assets that are acquired between revaluations are held at cost until the next valuation, where they are revalued to fair value.

Revaluation increments are credited directly to the Asset Revaluation Reserve. However, to the extent that the increment reverses a revaluation decrement previously recognised as an expense in the Statement of Financial Performance in respect of that same class of assets, it is recognised as revenue in the Statement of Financial Performance, but only to the extent of the previous expense.

Revaluation decrements are offset against any previous Asset Revaluation Reserve increment for that particular class of asset and any remaining balance is expensed.

All land was independently valued to fair value as at 30 June 2003. Valuations were performed by the Department for Administrative and Information Services – Land Services Group.

2.12 Depreciation and Amortisation of Non-Current Assets

All non-current assets, having a limited useful life, are systematically depreciated/amortised over their useful lives in a manner that reflects the consumption of their service potential, with the exception of land. Land is not depreciated.

The useful lives of all major assets held by the Planning and Development Fund are reassessed on an annual basis.

Depreciation of non-current assets is determined as follows:

Depreciation Asset Class Method Estimated Useful Life

Computer Equipment Straight Line 3 years Planning and Development Fund

2.13 Payables

Payables include creditors and accrued expenses.

Creditors represent the amounts owing for goods and services received prior to the end of the reporting period that are unpaid at the end of the reporting period. Creditors include all unpaid invoices received relating to the normal operations of the Fund.

Accrued expenses represent goods and services provided by other parties during the period that are unpaid at the end of the reporting period and where an invoice has not been received.

All amounts are measured at their nominal amount and are normally settled within 30 days in accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 8 Expenditure for Supply Operations and Other Goods and Services after the Fund receives an invoice.

3. Changes in Accounting Policies

3.1 Impact of Adopting Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

Australia will be adopting Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AIFRS) for reporting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2005. The Planning and Development Fund will adopt these standards for the first time in the published financial report for the year ended 30 June 2006.

Managing the Process In accordance with Treasurer’s Instruction 19 Financial Reporting, the Chief Executive of the Department for Transport and Urban Planning (DTUP) is responsible for ensuring that the annual financial statements of the Planning and Development Fund comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). DTUP has analysed the exposure drafts issued by the AASB and has identified a number of potential issues that may need to be addressed and is developing a plan to manage the transition to the standards. The plan will require the identification of: x major areas of accounting and reporting differences resulting from adoption of the new standards; x potential changes required to financial systems; and x key dates for monitoring and reviewing progress.

DTUP intends to assign or commit specific project resources towards the process of transition and integrating changes proposed under the new standards. DTUP is also using the Model Financial Report for SA Government entities developed by the Department of Treasury and Finance (DTF) and keeping abreast of changes in Accounting Standards, Treasurer’s Instructions and Accounting Policy Statements (APS) by attending exposure draft reference group meetings (facilitated by DTF) and information forums organised by the DTF and professional accounting bodies.

3.2 Expected differences in accounting policies

The key differences in accounting policies applied to the Fund’s financial reports expected to result from the adoption of the AIFRS are outlined below.

Changes in Accounting Policy A major change is the treatment of accounting policy changes under AIFRS. These will now apply retrospectively except for specific exemptions in accordance with AASB 1 First-Time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to IFRS.

Non-Current Asset Recognition and Revaluation AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment requires that where a non-current asset is revalued on an individual basis, the entire class to which the asset belongs must also be revalued. It is anticipated that APS 2 Valuation of Non-Current Assets, as issued by the Department of Treasury & Finance, will continue to require the application of thresholds to the revaluation of assets on a class basis (ie. only those assets or groups of assets greater than $1m and estimated useful life is greater than 3 years are required to be revalued). Planning and Development Fund

4. Strata title, Community title and Land sub-division Fees

Fees and Charges received/receivable from entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Planning Related Fees 506 401 Total Fees and Charges – SA Government entities 506 401

Fees and Charges received/receivable from entities external to the SA Government Planning Related Fees 7 650 4 930 Total Fees and Charges – Non SA Government entities 7 650 4 930 Total Fees and Charges 8 156 5 331

5. Interest

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Other 402 389 Total Interest Received 402 389

6. Other Revenue

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Sundry Revenue 5 26 Total Other Revenue 5 26

7. Supplies and Services

Supplies and Services provided by entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Property Related Expenses 98 66 Other 10 8 Total Supplies and Services – SA Government Entities 108 74

Supplies and Services provided by entities external to the SA Government Management Service Cost 413 427 Property Related Expenses 87 8 Staff Development 3 2 Other 47 31 Total Supplies and Services – Non SA Government Entities 550 468

Total Supplies and Services 658 542 Planning and Development Fund

8. Grants and Subsidies

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities within the SA 2004 2003 $’000 Government $’000 Recurrent Grant 1 300 1 660 Total Grants and Subsides – SA Government entities 1 300 1 660

Grants and Subsidies paid/payable to entities external to the SA Government Recurrent Grant Grants to Local Government 4 745 4 299 Other - 5 Total Grants and Subsides – Non SA Government entities 4 745 4 304 Total Grants and Subsides 6 045 5 964

9. Auditor’s Remuneration

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Audit Fees paid/payable to the Auditor-General’s Department 10 8 Total Audit Fees 10 8

Other Services No other services were provided by the Auditor-General’s Department.

10. Cash

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Deposits at Call - Westpac 8 004 6 945 Total Cash 8 004 6 945 Planning and Development Fund

11. Receivables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Accrued Revenues 38 37 Total Current Receivables 38 37

Total Receivables 38 37

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Receivables $’000 $’000 Receivables from SA Government Entities Accrued Revenues 38 37 Total Receivables from SA Government Entities 38 37

Total Receivables 38 37

12. Land and Equipment

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Land Land at Fair Value 1 665 1 665 Total Land 1 665 1 665

Equipment Computer Equipment at cost (deemed fair value) 15 22 Accumulated Depreciation (15) (22) Total Equipment - - Total Land and Equipment 1 665 1 665

Valuation of Land Refer to Note 2.11 for details of when Land was last revalued and by whom. Land is revalued using ‘fair value’ methodology.

RECONCILIATION OF LAND AND EQUIPMENT The following table shows the movement of Land and Equipment during 2003-04

Land Equipment Total $’000 $’000 $’000

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 1 665 22 1 687 Depreciation - (15) (15) Disposals - (7) (7) Carrying amount at the end of the financial year 1 665 - 1 665 Planning and Development Fund

13. Payables

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Creditors 275 1 079 Accrued Expenses 12 8 Total Current Payables 287 1 087

Total Payables 287 1 087

2004 2003 Government/Non-Government Payables $’000 $’000 Payables to SA Government Entities Accrued Expenses 10 8 Total Payables to SA Government Entities 10 8

Payables to Non-SA Government Entities Creditors 275 1 079 Accrued Expenses 2 - Total Payables to Non-SA Government Entities 277 1 079 Total Payables 287 1 087

14. Equity

2004 2003 $’000 $’000

Accumulated Surplus 8 851 6 991 Asset Revaluation Reserve 569 569 Total Equity 9 420 7 560

Accumulated Surplus Balance at the Beginning of the Financial Year 6 991 7 751 Operating Surplus/(Deficit) 1 860 (760) Balance at the End of the Financial Year 8 851 6 991

Asset Revaluation Reserve Balance at the Beginning of the Financial Year 569 314 Increment/(Decrement) in Land due to Revaluation - 255 Balance at the End of the Financial Year 569 569 Planning and Development Fund

15. Cash Flow Reconciliation

2004 2003 $’000 $’000 Reconciliation of Cash – Cash at Year End as per: Statement of Cash Flows 8 004 6 945 Statement of Financial Position 8 004 6 945

Reconciliation of Net Cash Inflows/(Outflows) from Operating Activities to Operating Surplus/(Deficit): Net cash inflows/(outflows) from operating activities 1 059 (147)

Changes in Assets and Liabilities Increase/(Decrease) in Receivables 1 8 (Increase)/Decrease in Payables and Provisions 800 (621) Operating Surplus/(Deficit) 1 860 (760)

16. Financial Instruments

(a) Terms, Conditions and Accounting Policies (i) Financial Assets Cash is available at call and is recorded at cost. Interest revenue is recorded on an accrual basis.

(ii) Financial Liabilities Creditors and accruals are raised for all amounts billed but unpaid, when the goods and services have been provided. Sundry creditors are normally settled within 30 days.

(b) Interest Rate Risk

2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2003 2003 2003 2003 2004 Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Floating Interest Non- Total Weighted Interest Bearing Interest Average Interest Bearing Interest Average Rate Bearing Effective Rate Bearing Effective Interest Interest Financial Rate Rate Instrument % $’000 $’000 $’000 % % $’000 $’000 $’000 %

Financial Assets: Cash assets 5.10 8 004 - 8 004 4.91 6 945 - 6 945 4.60 Receivables - 38 38 - 37 37 8 004 38 8 042 6 945 37 6 982 Financial Liabilities: Payables - 287 287 - 1 087 1 087 - 287 287 - 1 087 1 087

(c) Net Fair Values Financial Instruments are valued at the carrying amount as per the Statement of Financial Position, which approximates the net fair value. The carrying amount of financial assets approximates net fair value due to their short-term to maturity or being receivable on demand. The carrying amount of financial liabilities is considered to be a reasonable estimate of net fair value.

(d) Credit Risk Exposure The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date in relation to financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the Statement of Financial Position. The Fund has no significant exposures to any concentrations of credit risk. DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

ADR Australian Design Rules Kwhs Kilowatt Hours ATSIC Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander LGA Local Government Association Commission LED Light Emitting Diode BDP Better Development Plan LOR Lane Occupancy Rate BMS Building Management System MDP Metropolitan Development Program CHRIS Complete Human Resource Information MOSS Metropolitan Open Space System System MX Commercial 3D road design, planning, and CHRIS T&D Complete Human Resource Information survey modelling Software package System Training and Development NTBC National Transport Behaviour Change CO2 Carbon Dioxide Project COR Car Occupancy Rate NTC National Transport Commission CP Cathodic Protection OCPE Office for the Commissioner for Public CPN Community Passenger Networks Employment CPTED Crime Prevention Through Environmental OFID Office of Infrastructure Development Design OHS&IM Occupational Health, Safety and Injury CRC Cooperative Research Centre Management CSC Customer Service Centre OHS&W Occupational Health, Safety and Welfare DDA Disability Discrimination Act OLG Office of Local Government DAARE Department of Aboriginal Affairs and OTN Office of the North Reconciliation OPT Office of Public Transport DFEEST Department of Further Education, OSS Office for the Southern Suburbs Employment, Science and Technology PAR Plan Amendment Report DHS Department of Human Resources PSM Public Sector Management Act DTED Department of Trade and Economic PTB Passenger Transport Board Development RASS Remote Air Services Subsidy DTUP Department of Transport and Urban RBS Recreational Boating System Planning RBT Random Breath Testing ECS Energy Conservation Systems ROSES Regional Open Space Enhancement EELPAR Electronic Enhancement and Lodgement Subsidy of Planning Amendment Reports RSAC Road Safety Advisory Council EERG Energy Efficiency Reference Group RTA Road Traffic Authority (NSW) EMS Environmental Management System SA South Australia EPA Environment Protection Authority SAFC South Australian Freight Council EPC Energy Performance Contract SAGRN South Australian Government Radio ETSA Electricity Trust of South Australia Network FMC Flinders Medical Centre SAPOL South Australian Police FOI Freedom of Information SCOT Standing Committee on Transport FTE Full Time Equivalent Employee SSP State Strategic Plan GHG Green House Gas TAFE Technical and Further Education Gj Gigajoules TRELIS Transport Registration Enquiry and GPS Global Positioning System Licensing System (WA) HIRS Hazard and Accident/Incident Reporting TRUMPS Transport Regulation User Management System Processing System HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air-Conditioning VET Vocational Eduction Training System VSR Vehicle Securities Register IA Internal Audit WSC World Solar Challenge ICAN Innovative Community Action Network

Kgs Kilograms 181 CONTACT DETAILS

Department of Transport and Urban Planning Transport Planning Office of the Chief Executive Level 9, Roma Mitchell House Level 12, Roma Mitchell House 136 North Terrace 136 North Terrace ADELAIDE SA 5000 (PO Box 8197, Station Arcade) (PO Box 1 Walkerville 5081) ADELAIDE SA 5000 Telephone: 08 8204 8178 Telephone: (08) 8204 8200 Facsimilie: 08 8204 8740 Facsimile: (08) 8204 8216 www.dtup.sa.gov.au Office for the Southern Suburbs Suite 1, Ground Floor Transport Services Agency (TSA) Noarlunga House 33-37 Warwick Street (PO Box 519) (PO Box 1) NOARLUNGA CENTRE SA 5168 WALKERVILLE SA 5081 Telephone: (08) 8207 3992 Telephone: (08) 8343 2222 Facsimile: (08) 8207 3990 Facsimile: (08) 8343 2585 [email protected] www.transport.sa.gov.au

Office of the North Planning SA Building 22, Woomera Road Level 6, Roma Mitchell House EDINBURGH SA 5111 136 North Terrace (PO Box 85, Whites Road, (GPO Box 1815) SALISBURY NORTH SA 5108) ADELAIDE SA 5000 Telephone: (08) 8307 5020 Telephone: (08) 8303 0600 Facsimile: (08) 8307 5030 Facsimile: (08) 8303 0782 www.dtup.sa.gov.au/office_north www.planning.sa.gov.au

Office of the Upper Spencer Gulf Office of Local Government Flinders Ranges and Outback Level 7, Roma Mitchell House 6 Mackay Street 136 North Terrace (PO Box 2478) (PO Box 8021, Station Arcade) PORT AUGUSTA SA 5700 ADELAIDE SA 5000 Telephone: (08) 8641 1998 Telephone: (08) 8204 8700 Facsimilie: (08) 8641 1931 Facsimile: (08) 8204 8734 [email protected] www.localgovt.sa.gov.au

Office of the Murray Office of Public Transport Shop3/4-6 Seventh Street Level 10, Roma Mitchell House (PO BOX 554) 136 North Terrace MURRAY BRIDGE SA 5253 (GPO Box 1998, Adelaide SA 5001) Telephone: (08) 8535 6300 ADELAIDE SA 5000 Toll Free: 1800 222 144 Telephone: (08) 8303 0822 Facsimile: (08) 8535 6305 Facsimile: (08) 8303 0828 [email protected] www.adelaidemetro.com.au

182 ANNUAL REPORT 2003-04 ADDENDUM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN PLANNING

1 PATRONAGE

FOR CUSTOMERS In 2003-04, the PTB and OPT contributed to significant improvements for passenger transport customers throughout the State.

PATRONAGE IN METROPOLITAN ADELAIDE • Total patronage, including intial boardings and transfers, increased by 0.2 per cent across the Adelaide Metro network in 2003-04. This represents a 9.0 per cent cumulative growth since the introoduction of Adelaide Metro in April 2000. • When compared to 2002-03, total patronage* on the bus system decreased by 1.1 per cent in 2003-04; total patronage on the train system increased by five per cent and total patronage on the tram system increased by 3.8 per cent. • Total patronage, including initial boardings and transfers on the Adelaide Metro system was over 60 million.

Patronage growth is assisted by: • Improved services. • Cost competitive fares. • Improving facilities, including Park and Rides. • Improving public perceptions of public transport through better information and marketing. • Improving the bus fleet. • Ensuring public transport information is readily available to customers.

2 *total patronage includes initial boardings and transfers. Table 1 2 - -Adelaide Adelaide Metro Metro Patronage Passenger (initial Journeys boardings) by byMode mode

1993–94 1994–95 1995–96 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–00 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Bus/Tram 39.93 37.97 37.33 36.71 36.11 34.21 33.67 34.75 36.02 36.77 36.62 Train 8.72 8.40 8.30 8.16 7.98 7.40 7.44 7.86 8.05 8.42 8.77 Total 48.65 46.37 45.63 44.87 44.10 41.61 41.11 42.61 44.07 45.19 45.39

Table 2 3 - -Adelaide Adelaide Metro Metro Patronage Passenger (initial Journeys boardings) by byPassenger Passenger Type Type

1993–94 1994–95 1995–96 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–00 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

Regular 15.65 14.96 14.71 14.41 14.20 13.69 13.80 14.75 15.27 15.51 15.83

Concession 31.18 30.02 29.49 29.04 28.50 26.56 25.95 26.58 27.52 28.40 28.28

Other 1.82 1.39 1.43 1.42 1.39 1.36 1.36 1.28 1.28 1.28 1.28

Total 48.65 46.37 45.63 44.87 44.10 41.61 41.11 42.61 44.07 45.19 45.39

TableTable 3 4 - -Adelaide Adelaide Metro Metro Patronage Passenger (initial Journeys boardings) by byTicket Ticket Type Type 1993–94 1994–95 1995–96 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–00 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Singletrip 7.03 7.09 8.24 9.12 9.76 9.73 9.90 10.52 10.42 9.99 9.98 Daytrip 3.50 3.52 2.80 2.20 1.83 1.62 1.69 1.70 1.69 1.89 1.94 Multitrip 36.30 34.36 33.16 32.13 31.12 28.80 28.08 28.91 30.40 31.74 32.05 Other 1.82 1.39 1.43 1.42 1.39 1.45 1.44 1.48 1.56 1.57 1.42 Total 48.65 46.36 45.63 44.87 44.10 41.61 41.11 42.61 44.07 45.19 45.39 SPECIAL EVENT SERVICES ADELAIDE FREE The PTB and OPT assisted with passenger transport for Adelaide Free bus services enable customers to travel free special events including the Royal Adelaide Show, Clipsal in the central city area. Adelaide Free services are fully 500, Tour Down Under, Skyshow, Christmas Pageant, accessible and use environmentally friendly, compressed Anzac Day and the Schutzenfest. natural gas powered buses. • City Loop 99C loop includes the North Terrace precinct, Temporary bus route changes, bus stop and bus parking Central Market and Hindley Street. zones and taxi stands were established to ensure • Bee Line 99B travels through the centre of the city via passenger transport needs were well met and that North Terrace and King William Street. transport to these events ran smoothly.

FOOTY EXPRESS SERVICES Table 67 - -Adelaide Adelaide Free Free Service Service Patronage on the Footy Express services continued to 2002-03 2003-04 improve. The services pick up passengers from designated Total points throughout the metropolitan area and from regional 3.38 million 3.24 million Patronage centres such as the Barossa and Murray Bridge. Customers purchase premium priced tickets with the revenue going to bus operators. The Government does not subsidise these services.

Table 4 5 - -Footy Footy Express Express Services Services

Footy Express Total Total % Services – Year Crowd Boardings of Crowd on Year

2002-03 114 413 827 393 6.91

2003-04 156 487 923 948 8.47

Increase on 36.8% 11.7% previous year

WANDERING STAR The Wandering Star service is a joint program between the OPT and the Motor Accident Commission as a road safety initiative, targeting young people in outer metropolitan areas. The services enable people to get home safely on Friday and Saturday nights. Wandering Star covers the metropolitan area including Gawler, Mount Barker, Noarlunga and Seaford Rise.

Table 56 - -Wandering Wandering Star Star Service Service Wandering Star – Total Boardings – Year on Year Year Total Boardings 2002-03 18 234 2003-04 19 690 % Increase Year on Year 8.0 4 Annual Report 2003-04 – Addendum

TableTable 7 23 - Regional - Regional route route services services patronage patronage PROVINCIAL CITY BUS SERVICES In January 2004, new contractual arrangements were Service Region 2002-03 2003-04 introduced in Mount Gambier and Port Pirie as part of a broader strategy to improve the delivery and management Adelaide Hills country1 49 587 63 201 of services in provincial cities. Aldinga region2 108 290 28 519 New arrangements commenced in March 2004 in Murray Bridge and in May 2004 in Whyalla. Barossa Valley3 223 009 253 356 The new arrangements include: Eyre Flinders 119 287 115 927 • Contracts now held between the OPT and contractors. Fleurieu 67 524 60 355 • More flexibility to alter services to reflect changing Gawler Loop 4 423 4 535 needs. Kangaroo Island 538 1 367 • Strategies to engage the local community in improving services. Mid North 42 080 39 038 Mount Pleasant to Table 824 - Provincial- Provincial city city bus bus services services patronage patronage 17 531 31 166 Tea Tree Plaza Service 2002-03 2003-04 % Change Mount Pleasant to Region 15 843 10 360 Gawler Mount 104 376 101 784 -2.48% Gambier Murray Bridge 67 307 68 661 Murray 94 796 92 342 -2.59% Riverland 37 167 35 056 Bridge South East 42 451 41 104 Port 102 721 101 292 -1.39% Yorke Peninsula4 11 639 25 136 Augusta Port Interstate 11 684 8 732 48 971 48 132 -1.71% Lincoln Coorong5 5 752 17 778 Port Pirie 89 487 99 699 11.41% Karoonda6 326 1 614 Whyalla 150 048 135 741 -9.53% Mid Murray7 7 862 16 654 Mount Barker8 528 2 479 Total 590 399 578 990 -1.93% Tailem Bend to Adelaide Special 589 8 707 Service9 Other areas10 0 4 351 Total 833 417 838 096

Notes: 1 As at January 2003, increased services in the Strathalbyn and surrounding area operated by Transit Plus 2 Service ceased in October 2003 – became Metroticket service in October 2003 3 Includes Angle Vale service which ceased January 2003 4 Includes Southern Yorke Peninsula service which commenced July 2003 5 Service commenced May 2003 6 Service commenced May 2003 7 Includes Cambrai Tanunda service which commenced January 2003 8 Mount Barker service commenced February 2003, Mount Barker to Bedford Industries commenced January 2004 9 Service commenced September 2002 10 Other areas include new services: - Southern Mallee commenced July 2003. Patronage: 3 755 - Clare Burra Special Service commenced August 2003. Patronage: 596 5 ASSET IMPROVEMENTS

SAFETY AND SECURITY BUS REPLACEMENT AND DESIGN When people feel safe and secure on the public transport From 1 January 2004, the PTAM Group of TSA was system they are more likely to use it. amalgamated with the OPT to improve efficiencies in managing the contracts with the Adelaide Metro bus contractors. In 2003-04, the Government continued to improve safety and security on the Adelaide Metro network.

Most buses used for Adelaide Metro services are Government owned and 43.9 per cent of the total Adelaide Video surveillance cameras were installed at the Old Metro fleet is wheelchair accessible. Reynella and Hallett Cove Beach Interchanges. 26 new buses were introduced to the Adelaide Metro fleet in 2003-04. A Wide Area Network security system was installed to provide the South Australian Police Local Service Areas All new buses bought to deliver Adelaide Metro services with direct surveillance of these sites. are fully accessible with refrigerated air-conditioning. In accordance with Commonwealth and State agreements, ADELAIDE METRO FACILITIES a Public Transport Preventative Security Committee was established to oversee the implementation of the “Land A range of improvements were made to Adelaide Metro Transport Security Strategy”. This committee is chaired by facilities in 2003-04. the OPT and has representation from the South Australian • Bus Shelters: 40 new bus shelters were installed and Police (SAPOL) and the metropolitan public transport 23 were modified. service providers. • Bus Stops: 168 new bus stops were installed in the Aldinga, Sellicks Beach and Willunga area due to the extension of the Metroticket boundary. • Information Units: approximately 1 200 information units were installed in 2003-04.

PARK AND RIDE Park and Rides encourage people to use public transport for part of their journey to work. Park and Rides involve the OPT, TSA and TransAdelaide working together with local Councils. There are a number of Park and Ride facilities located around the metropolitan area.

During 2003-04, Park and Ride facilities were established at the Old Reynella Bus Interchange and at the Hallett Cove Beach Station.

6 Annual Report 2003-04 – Addendum INFORMATION FOR CUSTOMERS

CHAIN OF INFORMATION Information for passenger transport customers includes: The Chain of Information Program was developed based on • Two websites, www.adelaidemetro.com.au for Adelaide research that highlighted a lack of understanding, and Metro services and www.bussa.com.au for regional bus subsequent lack of consumer confidence, in the public services. transport system. • The Passenger Transport InfoLine - 8210 1000; toll free number 1800 182 160 for callers outside the The Chain of Information Program recognises that once an metropolitan area; for hearing impaired existing or new customer was prepared to trial the Adelaide (TTY) 8303 0844. Metro system, they had a need for service information. • The Passenger Transport InfoCentre located on the This needed to be addressed locally and reinforced at each corner of Currie and King William Streets in the city. decision point on the journey. It also recognised that the obvious presence of this information in the community • Adelaide Metro Roadshow. would in its own right attract and reassure customers to the • Comprehensive kerbside and interchange information. public transport system. • InfoBars at point of ticket purchase.

This included taking information to the customer and the • Regular media information. community, and this has played a key role in growing • A customer companion program. patronage by 10.4 per cent since its implementation in April 2000. ADELAIDE METRO WEBSITE In 2003-04, the Adelaide Metro website recorded: The Adelaide Metro “Get Up and Go” brochure series won a First Place Award in the 24th Annual AdWheel Awards run • 473 340 total visitor sessions. by APTA. • 11 380 119 total “hits”. • 100.29 Gb total downloads. Competing in the Group 4 category that is determined by The most popular pages accessed via the website included the number of passengers on a system, Adelaide was in the timetable access page and SMS and email subscription competition with major American cities such as New York, pages. Washington and Los Angeles.

INFOLINE The award was recognised at the annual APTA meeting in Salt Lake City on 1 October 2003. These awards attracted The Passenger Transport InfoLine is available to customers 680 entries from North America and other western between 7.00 am and 8.00 pm, seven days a week. countries. In 2003-04, the InfoLine received, on average, over 1 400 calls per day, resulting in a total of more than 519 000 calls for 2003-04. During special events, the number of calls can Adelaide Metro also received the Secretary General Award reach more than 2 500 per day. for Outstanding Achievement in Travel Information as part of the prestigious Travel Information Awards at the Third International Association of Public Transport (UITP) INFOCENTRE International Conference on Travel Information held in The Passenger Transport InfoCentre is located on the corner Gothenburg, Sweden in September 2003. of King William and Currie Streets in the city of Adelaide. It is open from 8.00 am to 6.00 pm from Monday to Friday, 9.00 am to 5.00 pm on Saturdays, and 11.00 am to 4.00 pm on Sundays.

7 KERBSIDE INFORMATION Table 11 13

Table 9 11 Total No. Top 5 Brochures Issued Total No. The Metroguide 190 721 Information units with timetable Approx information 1200 Adelaide Free 163 584 Display sheets used in fi nancial Travel to Adelaide’s Best Places 114 252 5100 year Have a Great Day out on the 101 895 Fully illuminated large Info Units for Adelaide OBahn and Glenelg Tram 36 major stops at Interchanges Adelaide’s Metroticket Made Easy 90 699

TableTable 12 14 Total No. INFOBARS Top 5 Timetables Issued At 30 June 2004, there were 264 InfoBars located at various locations in the metropolitan area. The InfoBars are Noarlunga Train Service 147 777 in the Adelaide Metro livery and contain timetables for Gawler Train Service 98 684 Adelaide Metro services relevant to the location and various guides to the system. Route 340 Bus Service 75 139 Glenelg Tram Service 66 191 There were 17 major self-service displays at shopping Outer Harbour Train Service 62 990 centres, campuses and other high pedestrian traffic locations as at 30 June 2004. CUSTOMER FEEDBACK The OPT welcomes feedback from customers about BROCHURES AND TIMETABLES passenger transport services. The OPT continued to distribute brochures and timetables to customers in 2003-04. Table 13 15 - -Commendations Commendations

Table 1012 2002-03 2003-04

Total No. Commendations 384 333 Issued Timetables* 2 567 360 TableTable 14 16 - Complaints- Complaints Brochures 1 312 207 Type of Complaint 2002-03 2003-04 Total Number of Brochures and 3 879 567 Timetables distributed Punctuality 2 035 1 519 Staff 1 708 1 557 * Figure includes timetables issued via the info Centre Fares and Ticketing 344 298 Passenger Comfort 739 687 The following tables show the Top 5 brochures and timetables issued to customers in 2003-04. Service Quality 1 668 1 387 Other 710 694 Total 7 204 6 142

Total complaints represent 0.01 per cent of public transport journeys made in 2003-04 Table 1517 - -Suggestions Suggestions

2002-03 2003-04 Suggestions for 220 215 8 service changes Annual Report 2003-04 – Addendum

CUSTOMER FEEDBACK WAITING TIMES The OPT receives complaints and commendations regarding The taxi centralised booking services reported that the taxis and small passenger vehicles. Complaints may lead to average waiting time for taxis in metropolitan Adelaide in disciplinary action being taken if a breach of the regulations 2003-04 was eight minutes during the day (6am – 6pm) and under the Passenger Transport Act is found to have ten minutes during the night (6pm – 6am) for general taxis. occurred. ACCESS TAXIS – WAITING TIMES Table 1621 - -Taxi Taxi Complaints Complaints and and Commendaions Commendations There has been a decrease in instances of people waiting 2002-03 2003-04 for extended periods.

Complaints 961 950 The number of jobs picked up within 13 minutes has Commendations 20 19 increased from 73 per cent to 83 per cent and the number of jobs picked up within 30 minutes has increased from 91 per cent to 96 per cent.

This indicates that positive progress is being made in improving the reliability of services for people requiring the use of wheelchair accessible vehicles.

CONTRACT ARRANGEMENTS

Table 17 26 - -Contract Contract Arrangements Arrangements

Contractual arrangements exceeding $4 million Supplier/private Project description Duration sector participant Provision of metropolitan/country bus 26 May 2000 Transitplus services to 24 April 2005 Serco, Torrens Transit 23 April 2000 Provision of metropolitan bus services and SouthLink to 24 April 2005 23 April 2000 Provision of metropolitan rail services TransAdelaide to 24 April 2005

9 Fina n c i a l Sta tem ents

Passenger Transport Board Statement of Financial Performance for the six months ended 31 December 2003

Dec June 2003 2003 Note $’000 $’000 Expenses from Ordinary Activities Payments to service contractors 4 108,086 218,685 Grants and subsidies 5 6,536 13,598 Infrastructure, administration and service costs 6 4,314 13,401 Employee costs 7 5,019 8,769 Depreciation 8 1,340 2,254 Accommodation costs 786 1,591 Borrowing costs 108 318 Other expenses 119 343 Total Expenses 126,308 258,959

Revenues from Ordinary Activities User charges, fees and fines 9 27,257 53,630 Contributions from other agencies 10 16,420 30,776 Investment income 328 708 Other revenues 11 4,972 3,610 Total Revenues 48,977 88,724 Net Cost of Services 77,331 170,235

Revenues from Government Appropriations 2(d) 87,008 163,314 Total Revenues from Government 87,008 163,314 Surplus (Deficit) from Ordinary Activities 9,677 (6,921)

Non-Owner transaction changes in equity Net Credit to an asset revaluation reserve on revaluation of non-current asset 2(f) - 3,022 Total valuation adjustment recognised in equity - 3,022

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with the State Government as owner 9,677 (3,899)

The above Statement of Financial Performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2003

Dec June 2003 2003 Note $’000 $’000 Current Assets Cash 12 13,495 9,816 Receivables 13 5,873 3,625 Prepaid expenses 4,374 - Inventories 208 213 Total Current Assets 23,950 13,654

Non-Current Assets Property, plant and equipment 14 17,652 17,498 Loan receivable 40 40 Total Non-Current Assets 17,692 17,538 Total Assets 41,642 31,192

Current Liabilities Payables 7(c), 15 3,515 2,880 Borrowings 16 1,100 1,100 Provision for employee entitlements 7(b) 562 462 Total Current Liabilities 5,177 4,442

Non-Current Liabilities Payables 7(c), 15 177 172 Borrowings 16 2,068 2,068 Provision for employee entitlements 7(b) 1,383 1,350 Total Non-Current Liabilities 3,628 3,590 Total Liabilities 8,805 8,032 Net Assets 32,837 23,160 Equity Accumulated surplus 17(a) 12,362 2,685 Equity contribution 17(b) 16,800 16,800 Asset revaluation reserve 17(c) 3,675 3,675 Total Equity 32,837 23,160

Commitments 26, 27

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended 31 December 2003

Dec June 2003 2003 Inflows Inflows (Outflows) (Outflows) Note $’000 $’000 Cash Flows from Operating Activities Payments Metropolitan service contractors (112,544) (218,264) Supplies and services (5,350) (16,282) Grants and subsidies (6,824) (13,432) Employee costs (4,852) (8,076) Interest and other finance charges (91) (321) GST payments on purchases (10,386) (21,703) Receipts User charges, fees and fines 27,398 53,726 Contributions from other agencies 14,790 30,287 Interest 272 756 Other 4,504 3,719 GST Collected 3,071 5,559 GST Refunds from the Australian Taxation 7,795 16,565 Office Cash Flows from Government Appropriations 87,008 165,610 Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating 18 4,791 (1,856) Activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities Receipts from sale of assets - 5 Payments for property, plant and equipment (1,112) (5,304) Net Cash used in Investing Activities (1,112) (5,299)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities Cash Flows from Government Equity Contribution - 7000 Repayment of Debt - (900) Net Cash provided by Financing Activities - 6,100

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 3,679 (1,055) Cash at 1 July 9,816 10,871 Ending Balance 12 13,495 9,816

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Program Class Schedule – Expenses and Revenues for the six months ended 31 December 2003 (refer Note 3)

2003 Dec 2003 June 2003 Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4 Total Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Expenses from Ordinary Activities Payments to metropolitan service Contractors - - 108,086 - 108,086 218,695 Grants and subsidies - - 6,536 - 6,536 13,598 Administration and service costs 20 2972,947 1,050 4,314 13,401 Employee costs 92 8872,482 1,558 5,019 8,769 Depreciation 3 691,242261,340 2,254 Accommodation costs 8 189 518 71 786 1,591 Interest and other finance charges - 4 103 1 108 318 Other expenses 225 7418119 343 Total Expenses 125 1,471 121,988 2,724 126,308 258,959 Revenues from Ordinary Activities User charges, fees and fines - 538 26,719 - 27,257 53,630 Contributions from other agencies - - 16,420-16,420 30,776 Interest - - 328-328 708 Other revenues 3 684,872 29 4,972 3,610 Receipts from Government 122 865 83,326 2,695 87,008 163,314 Total Revenues 125 1,471 131,665 2,724 135,985 252,038

Surplus (Deficit) from Ordinary Activities --9,677 - 9,677 (6,921) Administered Revenues and Expenses Administered Expenses 7 12 55 67 141 513 Administered Revenues - - 21 -21 59 Administered Revenues less Administered Expenses (7) (12) (34) (67) (120) (454) Administered Assets – Cash 46 81 229 453 809 929 Notes to and forming part of the Financial Statements

1. Objectives and Funding The Passenger Transport Board (the Board) was established under the Passenger Transport Act 1994 with the overall responsibility for the planning, management and regulation of public passenger transport services within the State of South Australia. The objectives of the Board were to promote innovation in the delivery of passenger transport services and reduce the cost of operating Adelaide’s public transport system. The Board was predominantly funded by Parliamentary appropriations, and also received significant revenue from Metroticket sales. The financial reports are for the six-month period ended on 31 December 2003 and are the final accounts for the Passenger Transport Board, which was dissolved as a Statutory Authority from the 1 January 2004. Since the amendment to the Passenger Transport Act the Minister of Public Transport and Urban Planning controls the assets that were formerly controlled by the Passenger Transport Board and is responsible for the discharge of liabilities properly incurred by the Passenger Transport Board up until the time of its dissolution. This has resulted in the establishment of the Office of Public Transport with the Executive Director reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Department of Transport and Urban Planning.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (a) Basis of Accounting The general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with Treasurer’s Instructions promulgated under the provisions of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1987, Accounting Policy Statements issued by the Department of Treasury and Finance, Statements of Accounting Concepts, applicable Australian Accounting Standards, Urgent Issues Group Consensus Views and other mandatory reporting requirements. The accounts have been prepared on the accrual basis and in accordance with conventional historical cost principles except where detailed in the Notes to the Financial Statements. (b) The Passenger Transport Board Reporting Entity

Controlled Resources

The financial report encompasses an interest bearing Special Deposit Account. The Board’s principal source of funds consists of monies appropriated by Parliament.

Administered Resources The Board administers but does not control certain resources on behalf of the Minister for Transport, and the Attorney-General. It is accountable for the transactions involving these administered resources, but does not have the discretion to deploy these resources for the achievement of the Board’s objectives. Transactions and balances relating to these administered resources are not recognised as Board revenues, expenses, assets, or liabilities, but are disclosed in the Notes to the Financial Statements (refer Note 28).

(c) Recognition of Revenues

All revenues are measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

(i) User charges and fees

User charges and fees are recognised when the Board has passed control of the goods or services to the buyer.

(ii) Fines

Revenue from Expiation Notices is recognised when the cash is received, due to the nature of this item.

(iii) Contributions from Other Agencies

Contributions from other agencies are recognised when the Board has passed control of the goods or services to the buyer.

(iv) Interest

Interest revenue earned is recognised when the Board controls a right relating to the income from its investments.

(v) Other Revenues

Other revenues are recognised when the Board has passed control of the goods or services to the buyer. (d) Appropriations Appropriations from the Consolidated Account are recognised as revenue when the Board obtains control over the assets comprising the contributions. Control over appropriations is normally obtained upon their receipt. During the year ended on 30 June 2003 an accrual appropriation of $464,000 was recognised in the Financial Statements for the first time. Appropriations to the Board designated as 'equity contributions' are recognised directly in equity in accordance with Treasurer's Instruction 3 'Appropriation'.

(e) Non-Current Assets

The cost method of accounting is used for the initial recording of all acquisitions controlled by the Board. Cost is determined as the fair value of the assets that is represented by the purchase consideration plus costs incidental to the acquisition. Fair value means the amount for which an asset could be exchanged between a knowledgeable, willing buyer and a knowledgeable, willing seller in an arm’s length transaction.

Assets acquired at no cost, or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at their fair value at the date of acquisition.

Capital work in progress represents costs accumulated during the construction or development of an asset and is valued at cost.

(f) Revaluation of Non-Current Assets

In accordance with the Accounting Standard AASB 1041 'Revaluation of Non-Current Assets' the fair value methodology has been applied as the basis of revaluing assets as from July 2002.

Assets valued at fair value are revalued every three years if the fair value at the time of acquisition is greater than $1,000,000 in accordance with the Department of Treasury and Finance Accounting Policy Statement 3 ‘Revaluation of Non-Current Assets’.

The Crouzet Ticketing System was last revalued 30 June 2003 by Mr Simon B O’Leary (AAPI, MSAA) of the Australian Valuation Office. This was done on a Fair Value basis.

The Valuer-General of South Australia revalued Land owned by the Board at 30 June 2003. (g) Depreciation of Non-Current Assets Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each depreciable non-current asset over its expected useful life. Estimates of remaining useful lives are made on a regular basis for all assets with annual reassessments for major items.

Asset Class Useful lives Public Transport Infrastructure Crouzet Ticketing Equipment 20 years SA Government Radio Network 15 years New Ticket Technology 13 years Real Time Passenger Information System 10 years Bus stop information panels 5 years to 7 years Security Equipment 7 years Modbury Interchange 7 years Other Interchanges 15 years Plant and equipment Computer equipment 3 years Other plant and equipment 5 years Furniture and fittings 7 years Public Transport Information Centre fit-out 10 years Accessible taxi infrastructure 8 years

(h) Leases The Board has entered into a number of operating lease agreements where the lessors effectively retain all of the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the items held under the operating leases.

Operating lease payments are representative of the pattern of benefits derived from the leased assets and accordingly are charged to the Statement of Financial Performance in the periods in which they are incurred. (i) Employee Entitlements

(i) Salaries and Annual Leave

Liabilities for salaries and annual leave are recognised and measured as the amount unpaid at the reporting date in respect of employees’ service to that date. Salaries are reported at current pay rates. An inflation factor of 4% has been applied to the annual leave liability.

(ii) Long Service Leave

Long service leave is recognised on a pro-rata basis in respect of services provided by Board employees to balance date. The liability has been calculated at nominal amounts based on current salary rates. The Department of Treasury and Finance have advised that a benchmark of seven years can be used as a shorthand estimation of long service leave liability in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 1028 ‘Employee Benefits’. This advice has been adopted and the long service leave liability has been calculated on that basis.

(iii) Sick Leave

No provision has been made in respect of sick leave. As sick leave taken by employees is considered to be from the current year’s accrual, no liability is recognised.

(iv) Superannuation

Contributions are made by the Board to several superannuation schemes operated by the State Government. These contributions are treated as an expense when they occur. There is no liability for payments to beneficiaries as they have been assumed by the superannuation schemes. The only liability outstanding at balance date relates to any contributions due but not yet paid to the superannuation schemes. (j) Provision for Doubtful Debts A provision is raised for any doubtful debts based on a review of all outstanding amounts at balance date.

(k) Cash For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash on hand and deposits with the Department of Treasury and Finance. Administered cash is reported separately.

(l) Inventories Inventories consist of tickets held for sale or distribution. Inventories are valued at cost.

(m) Comparative Figures The Board has adopted the presentation and disclosure requirements of Accounting Standard AASB 1018 'Statement of Financial Performance', Accounting Standard AASB 1040 'Statement of Financial Position' and AASB 1034 ‘Financial Report Presentation and Disclosures'. In accordance with the requirements of these Standards, comparative amounts have been reclassified to comply with the changes to the presentation format.

The Financial Statements report revenues, expenses and cash flows for the six month period to 31 December 2003. The prior period comparative figures are for the 12 months ended on 30 June 2003. Refer Note 1.

(n) Accounting for Goods and Services Tax (GST) In accordance with the requirements of UIG Abstract 31 'Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)', revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST. Receivables and Payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net GST receivable from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) has been recognised as a receivable in the Statement of Financial Position. Cash Flows are reported on a gross basis in the Statement of Cash Flows. The GST component of the cash flows arising from investing activities which are recoverable or payable to the ATO have been classified as operating cash flows. 3. Programs of the Passenger Transport Board

The identity and purpose of each major program undertaken by the Board during the year is summarised as follows:

Program 1: Policy Coordination, Development and Investment Strategy

Development and provision of strategic transport plans for and on behalf of the Government.

Program 2: Regulatory Services

Provision of compliance and other regulatory services under legislation committed to the Minister. Regulatory services provided include: x accreditation of passenger service drivers and operators x establishing and enforcing regulations for taxis and passenger carrying vehicles x inspection and enforcement of stipulated driver, operator and passenger conduct.

Program 3: Operations

The efficient and effective maintenance and operation of public transport assets. Operations include: x provision of services to efficiently and effectively manage public transport infrastructure x development and management of contracted passenger transport services, to ensure the provision of user friendly and affordable regular passenger transport services in the Adelaide metropolitan area x regulation and partially funding passenger transport services within the country and regional areas, and fostering rural transport initiatives x provision of targeted transport assistance to groups with special needs by subsidising taxi travel (South Australian Transport Subsidy Scheme), provision of fully-accessible passenger transport and the contract management of Access Cabs

Program 4: Information Services

The provision of information to the public and industry in respect of all transport services, including the provision to customers of a comprehensive, centralised passenger transport information service that operates across a multi-modal and multi-operator metropolitan passenger transport system. 4. Payments for Service Contractors Represents payments to Service Contractors to provide bus and rail passenger transport services in the metropolitan area. For the financial year, these payments were made to TransAdelaide, Serco, Torrens Transit, Australian Transit Enterprises, and TransitPlus. Payments to the Department for Transport and Urban Planning (DTUP) for the provision of buses and depots to Contractors are included in this item. Payments for country bus operators are disclosed in Note 5. The competitive tendering of the bus services in April 2000 resulted in substantial savings made to the cost of providing public transport. The savings achieved have been reinvested by the Board in public transport through the introduction of increased services and improved infrastructure.

Payment for Service Contractors comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Bus contract payments 48,319 97,134 Rail contract payments 42,481 83,811 Bus and Depot Leases 17,286 37,740 108,086 218,685

5. Grants and Subsidies Grants and subsidies comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Concessions for people with mobility difficulties (Transport Subsidy Scheme) 3,907 7,241 Subsidies provided for concessional travel in Country Route Services and Regional Cities 1,674 3,740 Regional Cities Bus Operating Subsidies 479 1,063 Disabilities Discrimination Act (1992) initiatives - 590 Country Bus Operating Subsidy 439 212 Community Passenger Networks 37 752 6,536 13,598

6. Infrastructure, Administration and Service Costs Infrastructure, administration and service costs include amounts provided to various parties for the provision of public transport infrastructure. These projects include land, Park and Ride facilities, car parks, pedestrian access crossing, various bus shelters, marketing initiatives and general administration and service costs.

Infrastructure, administration and service costs comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Infrastructure costs 880 2,008 Ticket network and timetable costs 1,511 3,158 Administration and service costs 1,923 8,235 4,314 13,401 7. Employee Entitlements (a) Employee Costs Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Salaries 3,616 6,463 Superannuation and payroll tax expense 710 1,275 Annual leave expense 306 563 Long service leave expense 33 408 TVSP 324 - Other employee related expenses 30 60 5,019 8,769

(b) Provision for Employee Entitlements Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Current Liabilities: Annual leave 549 435 Long service leave 13 27 562 462

Non-Current Liabilities: Long service leave 1,383 1,350

(c) Employee Entitlements and related on-cost liability Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Annual leave Included in payables – current (note 15) 102 81 Provision for employee entitlements – current (note 7(b)) 549 435 651 516

Long service leave Included in payables – current (note 15) 1 3 Provision for employee entitlements – current (note 7(b)) 13 27

Included in payables – non-current (note 15) 177 172 Provision for employee entitlements – non-current (note 7(b)) 1,383 1,350 1,574 1,552 Aggregate employee entitlements and related on-cost liabilities 2,225 2,068 8. Depreciation Depreciation was charged in respect of: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Public Transport Infrastructure 1,029 1,634 Plant and equipment 287 612 Accessible taxi infrastructure 24 8 1,340 2,254

9. User Charges, Fees and Fines User charges, fees and fines comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Metroticket sales 26,643 52,230 Accreditation of drivers and operators of passenger transport services 455 1,081 Sale of blank tickets to operators 76 177 Expiation notices 83 142 27,257 53,630

10. Contributions from Other Agencies Contributions from other agencies comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 State Government reimbursements (1) 16,258 30,460 Home and Community Care 162 316 16,420 30,776

(1) This item represents fare concession receipts from various State Government agencies to fund concessional travel provided to pensioners, the unemployed, and students on passenger transport in metropolitan and regional areas.

11. Other Revenue Other Revenue comprises revenue derived from advertising on buses, recovery of targeted voluntary separation payments, sponsorship revenue, funding for the SA Government Radio Network and other minor receipts.

12. Cash Cash comprises: Dec Jan 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 PTB Operating Account held at Westpac 13,003 9,329 Accrual appropriations (Note 2(d)) 464 464 Cash on hand 23 18 Imprest Account held at Bank SA 5 5 13,495 9,816 13. Receivables Receivables consist of: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Debtors 5,855 3,625 Less: Provision for doubtful debts 38 38 5,817 3,587 Accrued interest 56 38 5,873 3,625

14.(a) Property, Plant and Equipment Cost or Accumulated Written Down Valuation Depreciation Value Dec June Dec June Dec June 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Asset Class Public Transport Infrastructure Assets at valuation 2,848 2,848 475 - 2,373 2,848 at cost 11,535 8,761 2,205 1,650 9,330 7,111 Plant and Equipment at cost 2,294 2,297 1,165 881 1,129 1,416 Accessible Taxi Infrastructure at cost 388 388 67 43 321 345 Land at Valuation 3,601 3,601 - - 3,601 3,601 Work in Progress at cost (1) 898 2,177 - - 898 2,177 Totals 21,564 20,072 3,912 2,574 17,652 17,498

(1) Work in progress comprises costs in respect of public transport infrastructure assets.

14.(b) Property, Plant and Equipment Movement Schedule

Land Public Transport Plant and Accessible Work in Total Infrastructure Equipment Vehicles Progress Assets

$’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Gross Carrying Amount 1 July 3,601 11,609 2,297 388 2,177 20,072 Additions - 2,774-- 670 3,444 Transferred to Assets - - - - (1,869) (1,869) Write offs - - (3) - (80) (83) Balance as at 31 December 3,601 14,383 2,294 388 898 21,564 Accumulated Depreciation 1 July - 1,650 881 43 - 2,574 Accumulated Depreciation of --(2)- - (2) Assets Written off Depreciation Expense - 1,030 28624 - 1,340 Balance as at 31 December - 2,680 1,165 67 - 3,912 Carrying Amount of Assets 3,601 11,703 1,129321 898 17,652 15. Payables

Payables comprise creditors and accruals: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Service contractors 87 228 Grants and subsidies 1,132 1,327 Infrastructure, administration and service costs 1,328 1,194 Employee on-costs 280 256 Other employee costs 133 41 Asset purchase 387 6 Revenue received in advance 345 - 3,692 3,052

Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Current liabilities 3,515 2,880 Non-current liabilities 177 172 3,692 3,052

16. Borrowings

The Board is responsible to the Department of Treasury and Finance for the payment of interest and the repayment of principal in respect of all loans. Borrowings relate to the transfer of Crouzet ticketing equipment and bus radios from TransAdelaide. The movement in Borrowings is:

Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Balance 1 July 3,168 4,068 Borrowings - - Repayments - (900) Balance 31 December 3,168 3,168

Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Current liabilities 1,100 1,100 Non-current liabilities 2,068 2,068 3,168 3,168 17. Changes in Equity (a) Accumulated Surplus The movement in Accumulated Surplus is: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Balance 1 July 2,685 9,606 Surplus (Deficit) from Ordinary Activities 9,677 (6,921) Ending Balance 12,362 2,685

(b) Equity Contribution The movement in Equity Contribution is: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Balance 1 July 16,800 9,800 Appropriation - 7,000 Ending Balance 16,800 16,800

(c) Asset Revaluation Reserve The movement in Asset Revaluation Reserve is:

Land Public Transport Total Infrastructure Dec June Dec June Dec June 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Balance 1 July 872 440 2,803 213 3,675 653 Movement in Reserve - 432 - 2,590 - 3,022 Ending Balance 872 872 2,803 2,803 3,675 3,675

18. Reconciliation of Net Cost of Services to Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating Activities Dec 2003 June 2003 $’000 $’000 Net cost of services (77,331) (170,235) Cash Flows from Government 87,008 163,314 Items not involving cash Depreciation 1,340 2,254 (Loss)/profit on sale of Assets - (5) Changes in operating assets and liabilities Receivables (2,248) 2,269 Inventories 5 (30) Prepayments (4,374) 2,718 Creditors and accruals 258 (2,654) Provision for employee entitlements 133 513 Net Cash provided by (used in) Operating Activities 4,791 (1,856) 19. Disposal of Non-Current Assets Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Proceeds from the disposal of non-current assets 1 5 Less: written down value of non-current assets 1 - Net Profit - 5

20. Operating Leases Operating lease expenses comprise: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Bus and Depots 17,286 37,740 Property 786 1,591 Motor Vehicles 135 292 18,207 39,623

21. Remuneration Benefits (a) Board Members’ Remuneration The number of Members of the Board whose annual remuneration received or receivable falls within the following bands were: Dec June 2003 2003 Number of Number of Members Members $0-$9,999 5 1 $10,000 - $19,999 1 4 $20,000 - $29,999 - 1

The aggregate remuneration received by Members for the six month period ended 31 December 2003 was $52,000 (2002/03 $103,000).

(b) Executive Remuneration The number of employees whose annual remuneration received or receivable falls within the following bands were: Dec 2003 June 2003 Number of Number of Employees Employees $110,000 - $119,999 - 2 $140,000 - $149,999 - 1 $180,000 - $189,999 - 1

No employees received more than $100,000 during the six months to 31 December 2003. In 2002/03, total remuneration received by employees earning more than $100,000 was $555,000. 22. Targeted Voluntary Separation Package (TVSP) Scheme

Dec June 2003 2003 Number of Number of Employees Employees

Number of employees paid TVSPs 4 -

$’000 $’000 Amounts paid to these employees TVSP 324 - Accrued annual leave and long service leave 94 - 418 - Amount recovered from the Department of the Premier and Cabinet - -

23. Remuneration of Auditors

The amount due to and receivable by the Auditor-General’s Department for auditing the accounts for the six months to 31 December 2003 was $27,000 ($54,000). The auditors received no other benefits.

24. Related Party Transactions The names of the persons who were Board Members of the Passenger Transport Board during the six months to 31 December 2003 are as follows:

D Egen R J Payze N J Buddle G J Crafter H M I’Anson J Bell

N J Buddle has declared an interest through her employment by Austereo Pty Ltd, a major sponsor of Skyshow. The Board funds and promotes the use of public transport services to this event. No other Member or employee has declared any interests in contracts involving the Board during the six months ending on 31 December 2003.

The Members of the Board have transactions with the Board that occur within a normal employee, customer or supplier relationship on terms and conditions no more favourable than those with which it is reasonably expected the entity would have adopted if the transaction were undertaken with any other entity at arm's length in similar circumstances. 25. Consultancies

During the year the Board did not engage consultants to assist in its operations (4 in 2002/03). The cost of these consultancies was $nil. ($49,000).

The number of consultancies whose payments fell within the following bands were:

Dec 2003 June 2003 Number of Number of Consultancies Consultancies $0 - $10,000 - 2 $10,001 - $50,000 - 2

26. Commitments

Operating Leases Payable Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Payable: Not later than one year 33,522 31,861 Later than one year but not later than five years 14,566 29,444 Later than five years 17,352 17,698 65,440 79,003

The Board leases depots and buses, property for office accommodation and motor vehicles.

Since the commencement of the seven new metropolitan bus contracts, the Board has had the responsibility for payment to DTUP for the leases of buses and depots. The Board receives as part of its Parliamentary appropriation an equivalent amount of funding to cover these commitments.

Terms for property leases vary up to forty years with rents payable monthly in advance. Rental provisions within the lease agreements require lease payments be reviewed and amended in line with movements in market rental values or CPI. An option exists to renew some of the leases at the end of the lease term.

Motor vehicles are leased for two or three year terms with lease payments reviewed annually. 27. Agreements Equally and Proportionately Unperformed The Board has entered into a number of contracts with service providers of metropolitan transport services. The contract areas, service providers and contract expiry dates are as follows:

Contract Area Service Provider Contract Expiry Date Aldinga Region Australian Transit 23 April 2005 Enterprises (ATE) Outer South ATE 23 April 2005 North South Serco 23 April 2005 Outer North Serco 23 April 2005 Outer North East Serco 23 April 2005 East West Torrens Transit 23 April 2005 City Free Torrens Transit 23 April 2005 Adelaide Hills Transit Plus 23 April 2005 Mt Barker Region Transit Plus 23 April 2005 Wandering Star Bus Service Serco 30 June 2004 Rail Services TransAdelaide 1 July 2005 Mt Pleasant to Tea Tree Gully Affordable Hills Chauffered 1 February 2007 Murray Mallee “Medical” Coorong Coaches 1 September 2005 Coorong Council Services Coorong Coaches 1 January 2008

Agreements equally and proportionately unperformed (AEPUs) as at 31 December 2003 are as follows: Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000

Not later than one year 180,921 180,144 Later than one but not later than five years 71,946 161,972 252,867 342,116

The AEPUs have been calculated by extrapolating contract payments for each contract area during the six months to 31 December 2003 to the contract expiry date. Contract payments are based on the contract funding formula that includes a fixed component plus an incentive component to reward increased patronage.

These AEPUs are not recognised in the financial report. 28. Administered Items

(a) Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund

Pursuant to Section 62 of the Passenger Transport Act 1994, the Board administers on behalf of the Minister for Transport, the Passenger Transport Research and Development Fund (an interest bearing Deposit Account at the Department of Treasury and Finance).

The Fund may be applied by the Minister in consultation with the Board: (i) for the purpose of carrying out research into the taxi-cab industry; or (ii) for the purpose of promoting the taxi-cab industry; or (iii) for any other purpose considered by the Minister and the Board to be beneficial to the travelling public, in the interests of the passenger transport industry, and an appropriate application of money standing to the credit of the Fund.

Dec June 2003 2003 $’000 $’000 Balance at 1 July 929 1,383 Add: receipts during the year 21 55 Less: payments during the year 141 509 Ending Balance 809 929

(b) Criminal Injuries Compensation Levy

In accordance with the Expiation of Offences Act 1996, and on behalf of the Attorney-General’s Department, the Board collects criminal injuries compensation levies. In the six months to 31 December 2003, the amount collected and paid to the Attorney-General’s Criminal Injuries Compensation Fund was $nil ($4,000 in 2002-03). 29. Financial Instruments (a) Terms, conditions and accounting policies

Financial Instrument Note Accounting Policies and Methods Nature of underlying instrument (including significant terms and (including recognition criteria and conditions affecting the amount, timing and certainty of cash flows) measurement basis) Financial Assets Cash 12 Deposits are recognised at their nominal The Board invests surplus funds with the Department of Treasury and amounts. Interest is credited to revenue as Finance in a Special Deposit Account. Interest is paid quarterly on the it accrues. average daily balance of the account at an interest rate determined by the Treasurer for the balance up to the PTB level of borrowings and at the average 90 day bank bill rate for the balance over the level of borrowings. For the quarter ended 30 November 2003 the interest rate earned was 6.25% (the Common Public Sector Interest Rate) and the overnight cash deposit rate was 4.67%. Receivables 13 These receivables are recognised at the Standard credit terms are net 30 days. nominal amounts due less any provision for doubtful debts. Collectability of debts is reviewed at balance date. Amounts are recognised when services are provided. Loan Receivable This loan is recognised at its nominal value. This working capital loan is repayable on demand and is free of interest. Financial Liabilities Payables 15 Creditors and accruals are recognised at Creditors are paid within 30 days. their nominal amounts. Liabilities are recognised to the extent that goods and services have been received. Borrowings 16 Borrowings are recognised at their nominal Borrowings relate to borrowings from the Department of Treasury and amounts. Finance. Interest is paid quarterly at a rate determined by the Treasurer. For the quarter ended 30 November 2003 the interest rate was 6.2% (the Common Public Sector Interest Rate). A guarantee fee charge is also paid to the Department of Treasury and Finance on these borrowings at the annual rate of 0.75%. No maturity date exists for these borrowings. (b) Interest Rate Risk

Financial Instrument Note Floating Interest Rate Non-Interest Bearing Total Weighted Average Effective Interest Rate Dec 2003 June 2003 Dec 2003 June 2003 Dec 2003 June 2003 Jul-Dec 2002-03 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 2003 % % Financial Assets (Controlled) Cash 12 13,472 9,798 23 18 13,495 9,816 5.0 5.2 Receivables 13 - - 5,873 3,625 5,873 3,625 - - Loan Receivable - - 40 40 40 40 - - Total Financial Assets 13,472 9,798 5,936 3,683 19,408 13,481 Total Assets 41,642 31,192 Financial Assets (Administered) Cash 28 809 929 - - 809 929 4.7 4.6 Financial Liabilities (Controlled)

Payables 15 - - 3,692 3,052 3,692 3,052 - - Borrowings 16 3,168 3,168 - - 3,168 3,168 6.2 6.5 Total Financial Liabilities 3,168 3,168 3,692 3,052 6,860 6,220 Total Liabilities 8,805 8,032

(c) Net Fair Values of Financial Assets and Liabilities The net fair values of the financial assets and liabilities in these accounts approximate their carrying values. (d) Credit Risk Exposure The Board’s maximum credit risk exposure at reporting date in relation to each class of recognised financial asset is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the Statement of Financial Position.

DTUP 2003-2004 Annual Report

Passenger Transport Board – Independent Audit Report for 1 July 2003 to 31 December 2003

29

ANNUAL REPORT

2003DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND URBAN –PLANNING 04